WO2018166317A1 - Service switching method, context migration method and related device - Google Patents

Service switching method, context migration method and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018166317A1
WO2018166317A1 PCT/CN2018/076448 CN2018076448W WO2018166317A1 WO 2018166317 A1 WO2018166317 A1 WO 2018166317A1 CN 2018076448 W CN2018076448 W CN 2018076448W WO 2018166317 A1 WO2018166317 A1 WO 2018166317A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
handover
target
message
context
source
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/076448
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
帅扬来
刘菁
王岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2018166317A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018166317A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/16—Performing reselection for specific purposes
    • H04W36/18—Performing reselection for specific purposes for allowing seamless reselection, e.g. soft reselection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H04W36/0016—Hand-off preparation specially adapted for end-to-end data sessions

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a service switching method, a context migration method, and related devices.
  • GSM Global System for Mobble Communications
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecom Systems
  • WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
  • WiMAX World Interoperability for Micrwave
  • the service delay of the Ultra-Reliability and Low-Latency Service is very high.
  • the end-to-end transmission delay of the uplink and downlink is required to be 0.5 ms.
  • the specific services may be included. There are: automatic driving, assisted driving, industrial automatic control and high priority key communication. Due to the requirement of low latency, the URLLC service needs to be deployed at the near end, that is, deployed near the base station, thus saving transmission delay.
  • the present application provides a service switching method, a context migration method, and related devices, which are used to ensure continuity of services.
  • the first aspect of the present application provides a service switching method.
  • the following describes the target distributed control unit DU from the perspective of the distributed control unit DU side:
  • the target distributed control unit DU receives the handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate the target DU
  • the configuration of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service The information carried in the first handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
  • the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; that is, after receiving the handover request response message, the CU may The UE sends an indication message, and the CU indicates that the UE initiates access to the target DU.
  • the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiation URLLC Server Context Migration Protocol.
  • the source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover request message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover request response message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
  • the target DU after the target DU receives the handover request message sent by the CU, the target DU further performs the following steps:
  • the target DU sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation message also carries at least one of the following information: The switching of the URLLC service of the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
  • the target DU receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: target The IP address of the URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
  • the target DU sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, as follows:
  • the target DU sends the handover preparation message to the target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish address information allocated by the tunnel between the target local gateway and the target DU.
  • address information allocated by the tunnel between the target local gateway and the target DU.
  • the target DU after the CU instructs the UE to switch to the target DU, the target DU further performs the following steps:
  • the target DU receives a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the target DU returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
  • the second aspect of the present application provides a method for switching a service.
  • the following describes from the perspective of the centralized control unit CU side, and the centralized control unit CU performs the following steps:
  • the centralized control unit CU obtains a measurement report; the CU determines, by the measurement report, the target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate the URLLC service switching;
  • the CU After determining the target DU, the CU sends a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate that the target DU is near
  • the switching of the URLLC service deployed by the client the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service
  • the information carried in the first handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
  • the CU receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the CU sends a handover command to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE initiates access to the target DU, that is, the CU indicates that the UE initiates access to the target DU.
  • the source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover request message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover request response message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
  • the centralized control unit CU obtains a measurement report, which is specifically as follows:
  • the CU receives a measurement report generated by the DU to which the UE belongs to measure the uplink signal sent by the UE. That is, the CU may obtain the measurement report by receiving the measurement report sent by the UE; or, by using the DU to which the UE belongs, to measure the uplink UL signal sent by the UE, generate a measurement report, and send the measurement report to the CU, where the CU receives the DU transmission. The measurement report.
  • the centralized control unit CU after the CU receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the centralized control unit CU further performs the following steps:
  • the CU sends a handover initiation message to the source DU, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, and the target local IP address of the gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the CU receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source DU.
  • the centralized control unit CU further performs the following steps:
  • the CU sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the CU receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
  • the third aspect of the present application provides a service switching method.
  • the following describes the target local server from the perspective of the local server side:
  • the target local server receives the handover preparation message sent by the target distributed control unit DU, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate the target DU
  • the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, so that the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; That is, after receiving the handover request response message, the CU sends an indication message to the UE, and the CU instructs the UE to initiate access to the target DU.
  • the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiation URLLC Server Context Migration Protocol.
  • the source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover preparation message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
  • the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server receives a handover preparation message sent by the target DU, where as follows:
  • a handover preparation message sent by the target DU where the handover preparation message further carries the address information allocated by the target DU to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target DU, such as a Transport Layer Address and a GTP. -TEID;
  • the target local gateway sends a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway establishes a tunnel between the target URLLC service server and the target local gateway.
  • the assigned address information such as the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a handover of the URLLC service for indicating the near-end deployment of the target DU, and is used to indicate the near end of the source DU
  • the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, details as follows:
  • the target URLLC service server sends a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target DU by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second notification message carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  • the target local server after the target local server sends a handover preparation complete message to the target DU, the target local server further performs the following:
  • the target local server sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the target local server receives the handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
  • the fourth aspect of the present application provides a context switching method based on service switching, including the following steps:
  • the source local gateway receives a handover start message sent by the core network CN; the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
  • the source local gateway sends a handover start response message to the CN, and the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to the target local gateway; that is, the CN sends the handover start response message to the target local
  • the gateway sends a handover request message; the handover requirement message carries the UE-related context information to be migrated, and the UE-related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
  • the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE by using the UE-related context information to be migrated carried in the handover request message, and completes context migration of the UE from the source local gateway to the target local gateway.
  • the source local gateway before the source local gateway sends a handover start response message to the CN, the source local gateway further performs the following:
  • the source local gateway receives the handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries the target URLLC service The IP address of the server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway.
  • the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
  • the fifth aspect of the present application provides a context switching method based on service switching, including the following steps:
  • the source local gateway sends a context migration request message to the target local gateway;
  • the context migration request message carries the UE-related context information to be migrated, and the UE-related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE;
  • the source local gateway receives the context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
  • the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE, and completes context migration of the UE from the source local gateway to the target local gateway.
  • the source local gateway before the source local gateway sends the context migration request message to the target local gateway, the source local gateway further performs the following:
  • the source local gateway receives the handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries the target URLLC service The IP address of the server and the IP address of the target local gateway.
  • the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
  • the sixth aspect of the present application provides a service switching based context migration method, which is applied to a local server, where the local server includes a local gateway and a URLLC service server, and the source URLLC service server performs the following steps:
  • the source URLLC service server receives a context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries the IP address of the target URLLC service server;
  • the source URLLC service server sends a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate that the target URLLC service server completes the UE related context migration;
  • the source URLLC service server After completing the UE-related context migration, the source URLLC service server sends a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, and the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed.
  • the source local gateway before the source URLLC service server receives the context transmission start message sent by the source local gateway, the source local gateway further performs the following:
  • the source local gateway receives the handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries the target URLLC service The IP address of the server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the source local gateway After completing the UE-related context migration, the source local gateway also performs the following:
  • the source local gateway sends a handover initiation response message to the source DU, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the target local gateway is further executed as follows:
  • the target local gateway sends a context transfer completion response message to the target URLLC service server.
  • the target local gateway is further executed as follows:
  • the target local gateway sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the target local gateway receives the handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
  • the seventh aspect of the present application provides a method for switching a service.
  • the following describes the target site from the perspective of the target site side, and the target site performs the following steps:
  • the target station receives the handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs near-end deployment.
  • the information carried in the handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
  • the target station sends a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target site; that is, the source site receives the handover request.
  • an indication message is sent to the UE, and the source station instructs the UE to initiate access to the target station.
  • the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, and a handover support. Indicated, negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  • the source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover request message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover request response message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
  • the target site after the target station receives the handover request message sent by the source station, the target site further performs the following steps:
  • the target station sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation message also carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs the near end
  • the handover preparation message also carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs the near end
  • the switching of the deployed URLLC service the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
  • the target station receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: target URLLC The IP address of the service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support the handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
  • the target station sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, as follows:
  • the target station sends the handover preparation message to the target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the address information allocated by the target station to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target site.
  • address information allocated by the target station to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target site.
  • the target site further performs the following steps:
  • the target site returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
  • the eighth aspect of the present application provides a service switching method, which is described below from the perspective of a source site side, and the source site performs the following steps:
  • the source station receives the measurement report sent by the UE; and the source station determines, by using the measurement report, the target site selected by the originating URLLC service switching;
  • the source station After determining the target site, the source station sends a handover request message to the target site, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate the target site
  • the configuration of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service The information carried in the first handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
  • the source station receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one type of information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the source station sends a handover command to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE initiates access to the target station, that is, the source station instructs the UE to initiate access to the target station.
  • the source site after the source station receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, the source site performs the following steps:
  • the source station sends a handover initiation message to the source local server, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the source site receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source local server, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the source site after the source station sends a handover start message to the source local server, the source site further performs the following steps:
  • the source station sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the source station receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
  • the ninth aspect of the present application provides a service switching method.
  • the following describes the target local server from the perspective of the local server side:
  • the target local server receives the handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs near-end deployment The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
  • the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, where the handover preparation completion message is used to indicate that the target station sends a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request response message is used by the source site to instruct the UE to initiate
  • the source station sends an indication message to the UE, and the source station instructs the UE to initiate access to the target site.
  • the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC Server context migration protocol.
  • the source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover preparation message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
  • the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server receives a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where as follows:
  • the target local gateway receives a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message further carries address information allocated by the target station for establishing a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target site, such as a Transport Layer Address and a GTP. -TEID;
  • the target local gateway sends a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway establishes a tunnel between the target URLLC service server and the target local gateway.
  • Assigned address information such as a Transport Layer Address and a GTP-TEID
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a handover of the URLLC service used to indicate the near-end deployment of the target site, and is used to indicate the near end of the source site.
  • the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, details as follows:
  • the target URLLC service server sends a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target station by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second notification message carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  • the target local server after the target local server sends the handover preparation completion message to the target site, the target local server further performs the following:
  • the target local server sends a handover complete message to the target site, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
  • the target local server receives the handover complete response message returned by the target site.
  • the tenth aspect of the present application provides an access network device, where the access network device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: The switching of the URLLC service for indicating the target DU to perform the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the URLLC service corresponding to the URLLC service Packet loss rate requirement;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU;
  • the message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a URLLC server context migration after the negotiation. protocol.
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • the receiving and receiving unit receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover preparation message to a target local server, including:
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish from the target local gateway to the The address information assigned by the tunnel between the target DUs.
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • An eleventh aspect of the present application provides an access network device, where the access network device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to acquire a measurement report, and determine, according to the measurement report, a target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switching;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: Indicates the switching of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment of the target DU, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the loss corresponding to the URLLC service.
  • Package rate requirement
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU.
  • the processing unit configured to obtain a measurement report, includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a measurement report sent by the UE;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a measurement report generated by the DU to which the UE belongs to measure the uplink signal sent by the UE.
  • the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the processing The unit is also used to:
  • the processing unit is further configured to: :
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries an IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover start response message returned by the CN.
  • a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a server, the server includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target distributed control unit (DU), where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : a handover of the URLLC service for indicating the target DU to perform the near-end deployment, a context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, a delay request for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and a URL LC service for indicating Corresponding packet loss rate requirements;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, so that the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used for the CU indication
  • the UE initiates the access to the target DU;
  • the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the target local gateway IP address, indication of support for handover, URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
  • the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a target DU.
  • the handover preparation message sent includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target DU, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target DU Assigned address information;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target Address information assigned by the tunnel between the URLLC service server and the target local gateway.
  • the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation.
  • Completing the message to the target DU includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first handover indication information, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server, and determine, according to the context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobility process. ;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a second notification message to the target local gateway, and send the handover preparation completion message to the target DU by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message is Carrying the second handover indication information.
  • the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, the processing unit Also used for:
  • a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a gateway device, where the gateway device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover start message sent by the core network CN, where the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover start response message to the CN, where the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to a target local gateway;
  • the UE-related context information to be migrated, the UE-related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover start response message to the CN, where the processing unit further Used for:
  • the transceiver unit Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the UE-related context migration; in the handover initiation message
  • the IP address of the target URLLC service server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
  • the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal. ability.
  • a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a gateway device, where the gateway device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a context migration request message to the target local gateway;
  • the context migration request message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate the location Determining, by the target local gateway, related information of the UE;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a context migration request message to a target local gateway, where the processing unit further Used for:
  • the transceiver unit Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the UE-related context migration; in the handover initiation message
  • the IP address of the target URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
  • the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal. ability.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a server, the server includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit, and the server includes a local gateway and a URLLC service server;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries an IP address of the target URLLC service server;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used by Instructing the target URLLC service server to complete the UE-related context migration;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed.
  • the processing unit is configured to control the processing unit before receiving, by the transceiver unit, a context transmission start message sent by a source local gateway. Also used for:
  • the transceiver unit Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, determining to perform a context migration related to the UE;
  • the handover initiation message carries a target URLLC service The IP address of the server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • the transceiver unit controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover initiation response message to the source DU, where the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • a sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a base station, where the base station includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information, where the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information:
  • the target site performs the near-end deployment of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Rate requirement
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover request response message to the source station, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target station;
  • the second handover indication information carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, and an indication to support handover. , negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  • the processing unit after the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by a source station, the processing unit further uses to:
  • the receiving and receiving unit receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the processing unit configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target site to establish from the target local gateway to the The address information assigned by the tunnel between the target sites.
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • a seventeenth aspect of the present application provides a base station, where the base station includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a measurement report sent by the UE, and determine to initiate a URLLC service according to the measurement report. Switch the selected target site;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover request message to the target station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: Indicates the switching of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment of the target site, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the loss corresponding to the URLLC service.
  • Package rate requirement
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target station.
  • the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, the processing The unit is also used to:
  • the transceiver unit And controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation response message sent by the source local server, where the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the processing unit after the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover start message to a source local server, the processing unit further uses to:
  • the eighteenth aspect of the present application provides a server, the server includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information:
  • the target site performs the near-end deployment of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Rate requirement
  • the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover preparation completion message to the target station, where the handover preparation completion message is used to instruct the target station to send a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request is sent
  • the response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate the access to the target station;
  • the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the target URLLC
  • the server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a target site.
  • the handover preparation message sent includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message further carries the target station to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target station Assigned address information;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target Address information assigned by the tunnel between the URLLC service server and the target local gateway.
  • the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation Completing the message to the target site includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first handover indication information, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server, and determine, according to the context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobility process. ;
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a second notification message to the target local gateway, and send the handover preparation completion message to the target station by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message is Carrying the second handover indication information.
  • the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, the processing unit Also used for:
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover complete message to the target site, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover complete response message returned by the target station.
  • a nineteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the above aspects.
  • a twentieth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the various aspects above.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an evolved telecommunication network provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is another schematic structural diagram of a radio access network provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for switching a service provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a method for switching a service provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a service switching based context migration method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a service switching based context migration method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic flowchart of a service switching based context migration method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a service switching apparatus provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an evolved telecommunication network.
  • a user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • an access network a Mobility Management Entity (MME), a Serving Gateway (SGW), a data gateway, a core control entity, and a packet data network are included.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • SGW Serving Gateway
  • PDN Packet Data Network
  • the UE accesses the network through the access network, establishes a tunnel between the access network and the local service gateway under the control of the mobility management entity, and establishes a tunnel between the local service gateway and the data gateway, thereby establishing a UE and a packet data network. Connectivity between. In practical applications, it is also possible to directly establish a tunnel between the UE and the data gateway.
  • the mobility management entity may be responsible for managing UE location information, access authentication, non-access stratum signaling, and signaling security;
  • the local serving gateway is a small-range mobile data anchor of the UE, and is a core network and an access network.
  • the interface entity is responsible for routing and forwarding user data.
  • the core control entity is an entity that records and manages user location information and authentication authorization information;
  • the principle of the tunneling technology is to securely transmit and route data between two endpoint entities by encapsulating the protocol packets transmitted between the two endpoint entities of the tunnel with another protocol.
  • the telecommunications network has established a complete network management and control mechanism.
  • the resources allocated to the user need to be released in time, including the wireless channel, the bearer, various tunnels, and stored information.
  • Some networks support user equipment to access one or more packet data services.
  • the packet data service is identified by an Access Point Name (APN).
  • APN Access Point Name
  • the network side establishes the connectivity of the user to the corresponding data gateway according to the APN.
  • the APN establishes connectivity to the corresponding PDN.
  • the APN of the packet data service that the user needs to access may be pre-configured on the network side or may be provided by the user equipment to the network side.
  • Radio Access Network evolves into a Central Unit (CU) and a Distributed Control Unit (DU). .
  • CU Central Unit
  • DU Distributed Control Unit
  • URLLC Server has the following near-end deployment methods:
  • Deployment mode 1 As shown in Figure 2, the RAN performs CU and DU segmentation, and the URLLC Server is deployed to the near-end location of the DU.
  • one URLLC Server can be connected to one or more DUs; the DU needs to pass through the local gateway ( Local GW) is connected to the URLLC Server; the Local GW can be a function of the RAN or a downward movement of the core network function; if the Local GW has a control plane function, the signaling interaction can be directly performed between the DU and the Local GW to establish The channel for data transmission; otherwise, the establishment of the data transmission channel between the DU and the Local GW requires the participation of the CN and the CU.
  • the URLLC Server can also be deployed to the near-end of the CU in a similar way to the DU near-end.
  • the RAN does not perform function segmentation, that is, a site, such as an LTE eNodeB or an eLTE eNodeB or an NR gNodeB; a URLLC Server can be connected to one or more sites; the site needs to pass the Local GW. Connected to the URLLC Server; the Local GW can be a function of the RAN or a downward movement of the core network function; if the Local GW has a control plane function, the LTE eNodeB/eLTE eNodeB/NR gNodeB and the Local GW can directly perform signaling. Interaction to establish a channel for data transmission; otherwise, the establishment of a data transmission channel between the LTE eNodeB/eLTE eNodeB/NR gNodeB and the Local GW requires the participation of the CN.
  • a site such as an LTE eNodeB or an eLTE eNodeB or an NR gNodeB
  • a URLLC Server
  • the Local GW and the URLLC Server are collectively referred to as a local server (Local Server); a tunnel is established between the Local GW and the URLLC Server, which may be a Generic Routing Encapsulation Protocol. , GRE) or a tunnel defined by a protocol such as the GPRS Turning Protocol (GTP);
  • GRE Generic Routing Encapsulation Protocol
  • GTP GPRS Turning Protocol
  • the user-related source site context and the URLLC Server service context migration may also be supported, that is, the user-related Local GW context may not be migrated to ensure the continuity of the URLLC service.
  • the service continuity guarantee process in the deployment mode 1 is as shown in Figure 4.
  • the centralized control unit CU obtains a measurement report.
  • the CU may obtain the measurement report by receiving the measurement report sent by the UE; or, by using the DU to which the UE belongs, to measure the uplink UL signal sent by the UE, generate a measurement report, and send the measurement report to the CU, where the CU receives the DU.
  • the CU determines to initiate a handover of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment.
  • the CU determines, according to the measurement report, a target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switch.
  • the CU determines, according to the measurement report, a target DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switch.
  • the CU sends a handover request (Handover Request) message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information.
  • Handover Request handover request
  • the first handover indication information may be any handover indication information or combination: handover indication (HO Indication), support protocol indication (Support Protocol Indication), latency bound, and ratio of lost packets.
  • the HO Indication is used to indicate the handover of the URLLC service of the target DU for the near-end deployment
  • the Support Protocol Indication is used to indicate the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC Server deployed at the near end of the source DU, such as: SockMi/CXTP/MTCP, etc., latency
  • the bound and ratio of lost packets are the QoS requirements corresponding to the URLLC service. The former is the delay requirement and the latter is the requirement of the packet loss rate.
  • the target DU sends a Handover Preparation message to a target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information.
  • the target DU sends a Handover Preparation message to the target local gateway (Target Local GW) in the target local server; the Target Local GW then notifies the target URLLC service server (Target URLLC Server); the handover preparation message
  • the carried information is the same as the information carried in the handover request message in step 403.
  • the tunnel preparation process can also complete the tunnel between the Target URLLC Server and the Target Local GW, and the tunnel establishment process from the Target Local GW to the Target DU, which is used to transmit the URLLC to be migrated during the UE handover process.
  • the handover preparation message sent by the Target DU to the Target Local Server may carry the address information allocated by the Target DU to establish a tunnel, such as the transport layer address (Transport), in addition to the information carried in the above handover request message. Layer Address) and GTP-TEID.
  • the notification message sent by the Target Local GW to the Target URLLC Server in the Target Local Server may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, such as the Transport Layer Address and the information carried in the above handover request message. GRE information, etc.
  • the Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server determine whether to allow the UE to perform the migration of the URLLC service according to the received latency bound and ratio of lost packets parameters.
  • the target local server sends a handover preparation complete message to the target DU, where the handover preparation complete message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the Target URLLC Server determines the context migration protocol supported by the Source URLLC server according to the received Support Protocol Indication parameter, and determines the protocol for the context migration used in the UE mobility process according to the context migration protocol supported by the Target URL.
  • the URLLC Server then notifies the Target Local GW, and the Target Local GW sends a Handover Preparation Complete message to the Taret DU.
  • the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message may be any of the following information or a combination: Target URLLC The IP address of the server, the IP address of the Target Local GW, the HO Support Indication that supports handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
  • the handover preparation completion message a tunnel between the Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server and a tunnel establishment process from the Target DU to the Target Local GW may be completed, and the tunnel is used to transmit the UE to be migrated during the handover process.
  • the URL information is transmitted. Therefore, the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message sent by the Target Local GW to the target DU may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer. Address and GTP-TEID.
  • the notification message sent by the target URLLC server to the Target Local GW may carry the address information allocated by the Target URLLC Server for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GRE information, in addition to the above information carried in the handover preparation completion message.
  • the target DU sends a Handover Request Ack message to the CU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the CU sends a handover start (Handover Start) message to the source DU, and the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information.
  • a handover start Handover Start
  • the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the IP address of the Target URLLC Server and the IP address of the Target Local GW and the URLLC server context migration protocol used after negotiation are carried in the handover initiation message.
  • the CU also sends a Handover Begin message to the core network, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the Target Local GW, and the core network needs to perform the Local GW context. migrate.
  • the core network returns a Handover Begin Ack message to the CU; if there is this step, the handover initiation message in this step and step 408 does not carry the IP address of the Target Local GW.
  • the source DU sends the handover start (Handover Start) message to the source local server (Source Local Server), and the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the IP address of the Target URLLC Server and the IP address of the Target Local GW are carried in the handover initiation message; in the Source Local Server, the Source Local GW informs the Source URLLC Server.
  • Source DU sends a Handover Start Ack message to the CU.
  • the CU After receiving the Handover Start Ack message, the CU sends a Handover Command to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE switches to the target DU.
  • the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to a target local server.
  • the source URLLC server in the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target URLLC service server (Target URLLC Server).
  • the source local gateway (Source Local GW) initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target local gateway (Target Local GW).
  • the UE initiates access to the target DU after receiving the Handover Command command.
  • the source local server sends a Handover Start Ack message to the source DU.
  • the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed; this indication may be a message, or a parameter carried in the message.
  • the target local server after the target local server completes the context migration, the target local server sends a handover complete (Handover Complete) message to the target DU.
  • a handover complete Handover Complete
  • the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration was successfully completed.
  • the target DU returns a Handover Complete Ack message to the target local server.
  • the Local GW can have the control plane function. Therefore, the DU can directly interact with the Local Server to establish a data transmission channel between the two.
  • the Local GW may not have the control plane function, and the information interaction between the DU and the Local Server needs to be implemented by the control of the CU and the CN. It is no longer cumbersome here.
  • the Local Server can also be deployed in the vicinity of the CU.
  • the main processes are basically similar, and the main differences are as follows: 1) switching becomes a switch between the source CU and the target CU; 2) between the DU and the Local Server The interaction is transformed into an interaction between the CU and the Local Server.
  • the service continuity guarantee process in the deployment mode 2 is as shown in Figure 5.
  • the source station receives a measurement report sent by the UE.
  • the source site includes but is not limited to: NR gNodeB, eLTE eNodeB, and LTE eNodeB.
  • the source station determines, according to the measurement report, a target site selected to initiate a URLLC service switch.
  • the source station sends a handover request (Handover Request) message to the target site, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information.
  • Handover Request handover request
  • the first handover indication information may be any one of the following handover indication information or a combination: HO Indication, Support Protocol Indication, latency bound, ratio of lost packets, where HO Indication indicates that the target DU performs handover of the URL LC service deployed at the near end, Support Protocol
  • the indication is used to indicate the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC Server deployed at the near end of the source DU, such as SockMi/CXTP/MTCP, etc., and the latency bound and ratio of lost packets are the QoS requirements corresponding to the URLLC service.
  • the former is the delay requirement
  • the latter is It is the requirement of the packet loss rate.
  • the target station sends a handover preparation (Handover Preparation) message to a target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information.
  • a handover preparation Handover Preparation
  • the target station sends a Handover Preparation message to the target local gateway (Target Local GW) in the target local server; the Target Local GW then notifies the Target URLLC Server; the parameters carried in the handover preparation message and step 503
  • the information carried in the middle handover request message is the same.
  • the Handover Preparation message sent by the target site to the Target Local Server may carry the address information allocated by the target site for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID, in addition to the above information.
  • the notification message sent by the Target Local GW to the Target URLLC Server may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID.
  • the Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server determine whether to allow the UE to perform the migration of the URLLC service according to the received latency bound and ratio of lost packets parameters.
  • the target local server sends a handover preparation complete message to the target site, where the handover preparation complete message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the Target URLLC Server determines the context migration protocol supported by the Source URLLC server according to the received Support Protocol Indication parameter, and determines the protocol for the context migration used in the UE mobility process according to the context migration protocol supported by the Target URL.
  • the URLLC Server then notifies the Target Local GW, and the Target Local GW sends a Handover Preparation Complete message to the target site.
  • the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message may be any of the following information or a combination: Target URLLC The IP address of the server, the IP address of the Target Local GW, the HO Support Indication that supports handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
  • the tunnel between the Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server and the tunnel establishment process from the target site to the Target Local GW may be completed, and the tunnel is used to transmit the UE to be migrated during the handover process.
  • the URLLC service therefore, the Handover Preparation message sent by the Target Local Server to the target station may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID, in addition to the above information.
  • the message sent by the target URLLC server to the Target Local GW may carry the address information allocated by the Target URLLC Server for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GRE information, in addition to the above information.
  • the target station sends a handover request response (Handover Request Ack) message to the source station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information.
  • Handover Request Ack handover request response
  • the source station sends a handover start (Handover Start) message to the source local server (Source Local Server), and the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information.
  • a handover start Handover Start
  • Source Local Server Source Local Server
  • the switch initiation message carries the IP address of the Target URLLC Server and the IP address of the Target Local GW and the URLLC server context migration protocol used after the negotiation; in the Source Local Server, the Source Local GW informs the Source URLLC Server.
  • the source station also sends a Handover Begin message to the core network, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the Target Local GW, and the core network needs to perform the Local GW context. Migration.
  • the core network returns a Handover Begin Ack message to the source station; if there is this step, the Handover Start message in this step does not carry the IP address of the Target Local GW.
  • the source station sends a handover command (Handover Command) to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE switches to the target station.
  • a handover command Handover Command
  • the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target local server.
  • the source URLLC server in the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target URLLC service server (Target URLLC Server).
  • the source local gateway (Source Local GW) initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target local gateway (Target Local GW).
  • the UE initiates access to the target site after receiving the Handover Command command.
  • the target sites here include but are not limited to: Target NR gNB, Target eLTE eNodeB, Target LTE eNodeB.
  • the source local server sends a Handover Start Ack message to the source site.
  • the handover initiation response message indicates that the context migration has been successfully completed; this indication may be a message, or a parameter carried in the message.
  • the target local server sends a Handover Complete message to the target site.
  • the handover complete message indicates that the context migration was successfully completed.
  • the target station returns a Handover Complete Ack message to the target local server.
  • the Local GW can have the control plane function. Therefore, the site can directly interact with the Local Server to establish a data transmission channel between the two.
  • the Local GW may not have the control plane function, and the information interaction between the site and the Local Server needs to be implemented by forwarding the CU and the CN. It is no longer cumbersome here.
  • the Local GW context migration process related to the UE is as shown in FIG. 6.
  • the deployment mode 2 refer to the Local GW context migration process in deployment mode 1. The details are not mentioned here.
  • the source local GW initiates a context migration process to the target local gateway (Target Local GW).
  • the control plane entity of the core network CN sends a Handover Begin message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW).
  • the handover start message is used to instruct the Source Local GW to perform migration of the UE related context.
  • the source DU sends a Handover Start message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW).
  • the specific procedure refers to step 408 (a) in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway (Source Local GW) determines to perform context migration.
  • the source local gateway sends a Handover Begin Ack message to the CN.
  • the handover start response message carries the UE-related context information to be migrated; the context information includes, but is not limited to, user identifier, user IP address, user status, terminal type, terminal capability, and the like.
  • the CN sends a Handover Need message to a target local GW.
  • the context information to be migrated is carried in the handover requirement message.
  • the target local gateway establishes context information related to the UE based on the received context information.
  • the context information includes an IP address and the like.
  • the target local gateway (Target Local GW) returns a Handover Need Ack message to the CN.
  • the Local GW context migration process related to the UE is as shown in FIG. 7.
  • the source local gateway initiates a context migration process to the target local gateway.
  • the source DU sends a Handover Start message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW).
  • the specific procedure refers to step 408 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway (Source Local GW) determines to perform context migration.
  • the source local gateway sends a context transfer request (Context Transfer Request) message to a target local gateway (Target Local GW).
  • the context-related request message carries the UE-related context to be migrated; the context includes, but is not limited to, user identifier, user IP address, user status, terminal type, terminal capability, and the like.
  • the target local gateway establishes context information related to the UE based on the received context information.
  • the context information includes an IP address and the like.
  • the target local gateway (Target Local GW) replies with a context transfer request (Context Transfer Response) message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW).
  • Context Transfer Response Context Transfer Response
  • the source DU sends a Handover Start message to the source Local GW.
  • the specific process refers to step 408 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4.
  • the source Local GW determines to perform context migration. .
  • the source Local GW sends a Context Transfer Start message (a cross-layer message) to the source URLLC Server.
  • the IP address of the target URLLC Server is carried in the context transfer initiation message.
  • the source URLLC Server sends a context transfer data (Context Transfer Data) message to the target URLLC Server.
  • the context is transmitted to the target URLLC Server by transmitting the data message through the context.
  • the target URLLC Server After the completion context is established, the target URLLC Server returns a context transfer data reply (Context Transfer Data Reply) message to the source URLLC Server.
  • This interaction can be based on multiple application layer protocols such as CXTP, SockMi, MTCP, etc.
  • the source URLLC Server sends a Context Transfer Start Ack message to the source Local GW to notify the application layer that the context transmission is complete.
  • the notification may be a message or a message. Parameter indication.
  • the source Local GW returns a Handover Start Ack message to the source DU.
  • step 411(a) in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the target URLLC Server After completing the application layer context transmission, the target URLLC Server also sends a Context Transfer Complete message to the target Local GW to notify the application layer that the context transmission is completed.
  • the target Local GW sends a Handover Complete message to the target DU.
  • the target DU returns a Handover Complete Ack message to the target Local GW, and the specific procedure refers to step 411 (b) and step 412 in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the target Local GW returns a Context Transfer Complete Ack message to the target URLLC Server.
  • FIG. 9 shows an access network device provided by the present application, which may include an input device 901, an output device 902, a processor 903, and a memory 904.
  • the output device in the embodiment of the present application may be a display device.
  • Memory 904 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 903. A portion of the memory 904 may also include a Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM).
  • NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory
  • the memory 904 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
  • Operation instructions include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
  • Operating system Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
  • the processor 903 is used in the embodiment of the present application to:
  • the control input device 901 receives the handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate that the target DU performs the near end The switching of the deployed URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
  • the control output device 902 sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  • the processor 903 may also be referred to as a Central Processing Unit (CPU).
  • Memory 904 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 903. A portion of the memory 904 may also include an NVRAM.
  • the components of the access network device are coupled together by a bus system 905.
  • the bus system 905 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 905 in the figure.
  • Processor 903 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 903 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the processor 903 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in memory 904, and processor 903 reads the information in memory 904 and, in conjunction with its hardware, performs the steps of the above method.
  • the processor 903 controls the input device 901 to receive the handover request message sent by the CU, the processor 903 is further configured to:
  • the control output device 902 sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the control input device 901 receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the processor 903 controls the output device 902 to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, including:
  • the processor 903 controls the output device 902 to send the handover preparation message to the target local gateway in the target local server, and the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish from the target local gateway to the target DU.
  • the processor 901 is further configured to:
  • the control input device 901 receives a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • Control output device 902 returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
  • the application also provides an access network device.
  • the structure of the access network device refers to FIG. 9 , which is different from FIG. 9 in that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control output device sends a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target DU performs near-end deployment The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
  • the control input device receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the control output device sends a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU.
  • the processor acquiring the measurement report includes:
  • the control input device receives the measurement report sent by the UE;
  • control input device receives a measurement report generated by the DU to which the UE belongs to measure the uplink signal sent by the UE.
  • the processor controls the input device to receive the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover initiation message to the source DU, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the control input device receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source DU.
  • the processor controls the output device to send a handover initiation message to the source DU, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the control input device receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
  • the present application also provides a server whose structure is referred to FIG. 9. The difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control input device receives the handover preparation message sent by the target distributed control unit DU, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate that the target DU is near The switching of the URLLC service deployed by the endpoint, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
  • the control output device sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, so that the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate the target DU.
  • the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, and an indication to support handover , negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  • the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, and the processor controls the input device to receive the handover preparation message sent by the target DU, including:
  • the control output device sends a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target URLLC service server to the target local Address information assigned by the tunnel between gateways.
  • the server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server
  • the processor controlling the output device to send a handover preparation complete message to the target DU includes:
  • the processor sends a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target DU by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the processor controls the output device to send a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the control input device receives a handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
  • the present application further provides a gateway device.
  • the structure of the gateway device is different from that of FIG. 9 in reference to FIG. 9.
  • the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control input device receives a handover start message sent by the core network CN, where the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
  • control output device sends a handover start response message to the CN, where the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to the target local gateway, where the handover requirement message carries the UE related to the UE to be migrated.
  • Context information the UE related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
  • the processor controls the output device to send a handover start response message to the CN, where the processor is further configured to:
  • the control input device receives a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the processor determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target The IP address of the URLLC service server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway.
  • the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
  • the present application further provides a gateway device.
  • the structure of the gateway device is different from that of FIG. 9 in reference to FIG. 9.
  • the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control output device sends a context migration request message to the target local gateway;
  • the context migration request message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the UE related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes the UE Related information;
  • the control input device receives a context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
  • the processor before the processor controls the output device to send a context migration request message to the target local gateway, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control input device receives a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the processor determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target The IP address of the URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway.
  • the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
  • the application also provides a server.
  • the structure of the server is as shown in FIG. 9.
  • the server includes a local gateway and a URLLC service server.
  • the difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control input device receives a context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries an IP address of the target URLLC service server;
  • the control output device sends a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate the target URLLC service server. Completing the UE related context migration;
  • control output device After completing the UE-related context migration, the control output device sends a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, and the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed.
  • the processor before the processor controls the input device to receive the context transmission start message sent by the source local gateway, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control input device receives a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the processor determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target The IP address of the URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover initiation response message to the source DU, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a context transfer completion response message to the target URLLC service server.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the control input device receives a handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
  • the present application further provides a base station whose structure is referred to FIG. 9.
  • the difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control input device receives the handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a URLLC for indicating the near-end deployment of the target site
  • the control output device sends a handover request response message to the source station, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target site; the handover request response message carries a second handover indication
  • the second handover indication information of the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a URLLC server context migration after negotiation protocol.
  • the processor controls the input device to receive the handover request message sent by the source station, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the control input device receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
  • the processor controlling the output device to send the handover preparation message to the target local server includes:
  • the processor controls the output device to send the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target site to establish a destination from the target local gateway to the target site. Address information assigned by the tunnel.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the control input device receives a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
  • the control output device returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
  • the present application further provides a base station whose structure is referred to FIG. 9.
  • the difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control input device receives the measurement report sent by the UE;
  • the control output device sends a handover request message to the target site, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs near-end deployment The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
  • the control input device receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
  • the control output device sends a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target site.
  • the processor controls the input device to receive the handover request response message sent by the target station, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover initiation message to the source local server, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the control input device receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source local server, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  • the processor controls the output device to send a handover initiation message to the source local server, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
  • the control input device receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
  • the present application also provides a server whose structure is referred to FIG. 9. The difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
  • the control input device receives the handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
  • the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a URLLC for indicating the near-end deployment of the target site
  • the control output device sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, where the handover preparation completion message is used to instruct the target station to send a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request response message is used by the source site Instructing the UE to initiate the access to the target station;
  • the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information;
  • the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the target local The IP address of the gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
  • the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server
  • the processor controls the input device to receive the handover preparation message sent by the target station, including:
  • the processor control input device receives a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message further carries an address allocated by the target station to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target site information;
  • the processor controls the output device to send a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target URLLC service server Address information assigned by the tunnel between the target local gateways.
  • the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server
  • the processor controlling the output device to send a handover preparation completion message to the target site includes:
  • the processor controls the output device to send a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target station by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the Second, the indication information is switched.
  • the processor controls the output device to send a handover preparation completion message to the target site, the processor is further configured to:
  • the control output device sends a handover complete message to the target site, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
  • the control input device receives a handover complete response message returned by the target site.
  • the present application further provides a service switching apparatus.
  • the structure of the service switching apparatus is as shown in FIG. 10.
  • the service switching apparatus in FIG. 10 includes a transceiver unit 1001 and a processing unit 1002.
  • the function of the transceiver unit 1001 can be implemented by combining the input device and the output device in all the embodiments provided in FIG. 9.
  • the function of the processing unit 1002 can be implemented by the processor in all the embodiments provided in FIG. 9, and details are not described herein again.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • wire eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in the embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • a computer readable storage medium A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Abstract

Disclosed in the embodiments of the present application are a service switching method, a context migration method and a related device, used for ensuring service continuity. The method in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a target distributed control unit DU receives a switching request message sent by a centralised control unit CU, the switching request message comprising at least one of the following items of information: information used for instructing the target DU to perform switching of a near-end deployed URLLC service, used for indicating a context migration policy supported by a source DU near-end deployed URLLC service server, used for indicating latency requirements corresponding to the URLLC service, or used for indicating packet loss rate requirements corresponding to the URLLC service; the target DU sends a switching request response message to the CU, the switching request response message being used by the CU for instructing a UE to initiate access to the target DU; the switching request response message contains at least one of the following items of information: the IP address of a target URLLC service server, the IP address of a target local network gateway, a switching support indication, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration policy.

Description

一种业务的切换方法、上下文迁移方法及相关设备Service switching method, context migration method and related equipment
本申请要求于2017年3月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为'201710156975.7、发明名称为业务的切换方法、上下文迁移方法及相关设备的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过结合引用在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese Patent Application, filed on March 16, 2017, the application number is '201710156975.7, the invention name is the switching method of the business, the context migration method and related equipment, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference. In this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及的是一种业务的切换方法、上下文迁移方法及相关设备。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a service switching method, a context migration method, and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
传统电信网络，特别是无线通信网络，如全球移动通信***(Global System for Mo bile communications，GSM)、通用移动通信***(Universal Mobile Telecommunicatio ns System，UMTS)等，具备业务种类丰富、网络控制能力强等优点，得到了广泛的应用。随着网络技术的不断发展和完善，用户对数据业务的速率有了更高的要求，但由于无线通信***频率资源有限、传输环境恶劣等因素影响，无法为用户提供更高的接入速率，因此，宽带无线接入技术成为解决用户高接入速率的主要技术。例如，以无线局域网(Wireless L ocal Area Network，WLAN)和全球微波互操作联盟(World Interoperability for Micr owave Access，WiMAX)为代表的宽带无线接入技术可以为用户提供高速率的宽带无线接入业务，并且支持游牧和移动应用，大大提高了无线通信网络的接入能力。移动通信网络与宽带无线接入技术的融合成为电信网络演进的一种趋势。Traditional telecommunication networks, especially wireless communication networks, such as Global System for Mobble Communications (GSM) and Universal Mobile Telecom Systems (UMTS), have a wide range of services and strong network control capabilities. And so on, has been widely used. With the continuous development and improvement of network technology, users have higher requirements for the rate of data services. However, due to factors such as limited frequency resources and poor transmission environment of wireless communication systems, it is impossible to provide users with higher access rates. Therefore, broadband wireless access technology has become the main technology to solve users' high access rates. For example, a broadband wireless access technology represented by a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) and a World Interoperability for Micrwave (WiMAX) can provide users with high-speed broadband wireless access services. And support for nomadic and mobile applications, greatly improving the access capabilities of wireless communication networks. The convergence of mobile communication networks and broadband wireless access technologies has become a trend in the evolution of telecommunication networks.
基于标准定义，高可靠低时延业务(Ultra-Reliability and Low-Latency Service，URLLC)的业务时延要求很高，上下行的端到端的传输时延最低要求达到0.5ms，具体包括的业务可能有：自动驾驶、辅助驾驶、工业自动控制和高优先级关键通信等。由于低时延的要求，必然导致URLLC业务需要近端部署，即部署在基站附近，这样节省传输时延。Based on the standard definition, the service delay of the Ultra-Reliability and Low-Latency Service (URLLC) is very high. The end-to-end transmission delay of the uplink and downlink is required to be 0.5 ms. The specific services may be included. There are: automatic driving, assisted driving, industrial automatic control and high priority key communication. Due to the requirement of low latency, the URLLC service needs to be deployed at the near end, that is, deployed near the base station, thus saving transmission delay.
在无线网络中，大部分用户终端都是在不同的基站或小区间移动的，在基站或小区的变化过程，如何保证业务的连续性，提升用户体验是非常重要的研究关键点。对于URLLC业务，由于URLLC业务服务器(URLLC Server)在一个基站或某几个基站附近近端部署，所以，如果用户终端移动到其他的基站，即移动出URLLC业务所属的基站的覆盖范围；URLLC Server会发生变化，会导致用户的业务中断，极大的影响了用户体验。In a wireless network, most of the user terminals move between different base stations or cells. In the process of changing the base station or the cell, how to ensure the continuity of the service and improve the user experience is a very important research key point. For the URLLC service, since the URLLC service server (URLLC Server) is deployed near a base station or a few base stations, if the user terminal moves to another base station, the coverage of the base station to which the URLLC service belongs is moved; URLLC Server Changes will occur, causing disruption to the user's business and greatly affecting the user experience.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种业务的切换方法、上下文迁移方法及相关设备，用于保障业务的连续性。The present application provides a service switching method, a context migration method, and related devices, which are used to ensure continuity of services.
本申请第一方面提供了一种业务的切换方法，下面从分布式控制单元DU侧的角度来描述，目标分布式控制单元DU执行了以下的步骤：The first aspect of the present application provides a service switching method. The following describes the target distributed control unit DU from the perspective of the distributed control unit DU side:
首先，目标分布式控制单元DU接收集中控制单元CU发送的切换请求消息，其中，切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；通过该第一切换指示信息中携带的信息为后续业务的切换需求作准备。First, the target distributed control unit DU receives the handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate the target DU The configuration of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service The information carried in the first handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
然后，目标DU发送切换请求回应消息给CU，其中，切换请求回应消息用于该CU指示 UE发起到该目标DU的接入；也就是说，CU在接收到该切换请求回应消息后，会向UE发送一个指示消息，由CU来指示该UE发起到该目标DU的接入。该切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，其中，该第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。Then, the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; that is, after receiving the handover request response message, the CU may The UE sends an indication message, and the CU indicates that the UE initiates access to the target DU. The handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiation URLLC Server Context Migration Protocol.
通过切换请求消息中携带的第一切换指示信息以及该切换请求回应消息中携带的第二切换指示信息，使得源URLLC本地服务器和目标URLLC本地服务器顺利完成UE的上下文迁移；确保UE在移动过程中，保障URLLC业务的业务连续性，且满足URLLC业务的时延和可靠性要求。The source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover request message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover request response message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式中，在目标DU接收CU发送的切换请求消息后，该目标DU还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, after the target DU receives the handover request message sent by the CU, the target DU further performs the following steps:
该目标DU发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，其中，该切换准备消息中携带该第一切换指示信息；也就是说，该切换准备消息中也携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The target DU sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation message also carries at least one of the following information: The switching of the URLLC service of the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
然后，该目标DU接收该目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，该切换准备完成消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息；也就是说该切换准备完成消息中也携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。Then, the target DU receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: target The IP address of the URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第一方面的第二种实现方式中，该目标DU发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器,具体如下：In a possible implementation, in the second implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, the target DU sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, as follows:
该目标DU发送该切换准备消息给该目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，其中，该切换准备消息还携带该目标DU为建立从该目标本地网关到该目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息，如：传输层地址(Transport Layer Address)和GTP-TEID。The target DU sends the handover preparation message to the target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish address information allocated by the tunnel between the target local gateway and the target DU. Such as: Transport Layer Address (Transport Layer Address) and GTP-TEID.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第一方面的第三种实现方式中，在该CU指示UE切换到该目标DU后，该目标DU还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, after the CU instructs the UE to switch to the target DU, the target DU further performs the following steps:
该目标DU接收该目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，该切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The target DU receives a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
该目标DU返回切换完成回应消息给该目标本地服务器。The target DU returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
本申请第二方面提供了一种业务的切换方法，下面从集中控制单元CU侧的角度来描述，集中控制单元CU执行了以下的步骤：The second aspect of the present application provides a method for switching a service. The following describes from the perspective of the centralized control unit CU side, and the centralized control unit CU performs the following steps:
首先，集中控制单元CU获取测量报告；通过该测量报告，该CU确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标分布式控制单元DU；First, the centralized control unit CU obtains a measurement report; the CU determines, by the measurement report, the target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate the URLLC service switching;
在确定目标DU后，该CU发送切换请求消息给该目标DU，其中，切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求； 通过该第一切换指示信息中携带的信息为后续业务的切换需求作准备。After determining the target DU, the CU sends a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate that the target DU is near The switching of the URLLC service deployed by the client, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service; The information carried in the first handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
然后，该CU接收该目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息，其中，该切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；该第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；Then, the CU receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
最后，该CU发送切换指令给该UE，该切换指令用于指示该UE发起到该目标DU的接入，也就是说，由CU来指示该UE发起到该目标DU的接入。Finally, the CU sends a handover command to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE initiates access to the target DU, that is, the CU indicates that the UE initiates access to the target DU.
通过切换请求消息中携带的第一切换指示信息以及该切换请求回应消息中携带的第二切换指示信息，使得源URLLC本地服务器和目标URLLC本地服务器顺利完成UE的上下文迁移；确保UE在移动过程中，保障URLLC业务的业务连续性，且满足URLLC业务的时延和可靠性要求。The source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover request message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover request response message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第二方面的第一种实现方式中，该集中控制单元CU获取测量报告，具体如下：In a possible design, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, the centralized control unit CU obtains a measurement report, which is specifically as follows:
该CU接收UE发送的测量报告；Receiving, by the CU, a measurement report sent by the UE;
或者，该CU接收UE所属的DU对该UE发送的上行信号进行测量后生成的测量报告。也就是说，CU获取测量报告的方式可以是接收UE发送的测量报告；或者，通过UE所属的DU对UE发送的上行UL信号进行测量，生成测量报告后发送给CU，CU接收所述DU发送的该测量报告。Alternatively, the CU receives a measurement report generated by the DU to which the UE belongs to measure the uplink signal sent by the UE. That is, the CU may obtain the measurement report by receiving the measurement report sent by the UE; or, by using the DU to which the UE belongs, to measure the uplink UL signal sent by the UE, generate a measurement report, and send the measurement report to the CU, where the CU receives the DU transmission. The measurement report.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第二方面的第二种实现方式中，该CU接收该目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息后，该集中控制单元CU还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, after the CU receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the centralized control unit CU further performs the following steps:
该CU发送切换启动消息给源DU，该切换启动消息中携带该第二切换指示信息；也就是说该切换准备完成消息中也携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The CU sends a handover initiation message to the source DU, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, and the target local IP address of the gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
该CU接收该源DU发送的切换启动回应消息。The CU receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source DU.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第二方面的第三种实现方式中，该CU发送切换启动消息给源DU后，该集中控制单元CU还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, after the CU sends a handover initiation message to the source DU, the centralized control unit CU further performs the following steps:
该CU发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，该切换开始消息中携带该目标本地网关的IP地址；The CU sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
该CU接收该CN返回的切换开始回应消息。The CU receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
本申请第三方面提供了一种业务的切换方法，下面从本地服务器侧的角度来描述，目标本地服务器执行了以下的步骤：The third aspect of the present application provides a service switching method. The following describes the target local server from the perspective of the local server side:
首先，目标本地服务器接收目标分布式控制单元DU发送的切换准备消息，其中，该切换准备消息中携带第一切换指示信息；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；First, the target local server receives the handover preparation message sent by the target distributed control unit DU, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate the target DU The configuration of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service ;
然后，该目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给该目标DU，以使该目标DU发送切换请求回应消息给该CU，该切换请求回应消息用于该CU指示UE发起到该目标DU的接入； 也就是说，CU在接收到该切换请求回应消息后，会向UE发送一个指示消息，由CU来指示该UE发起到该目标DU的接入。其中，该切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息；该第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。Then, the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, so that the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; That is, after receiving the handover request response message, the CU sends an indication message to the UE, and the CU instructs the UE to initiate access to the target DU. The handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiation URLLC Server Context Migration Protocol.
通过切换准备消息中携带的第一切换指示信息以及该切换准备完成消息中携带的第二切换指示信息，使得源URLLC本地服务器和目标URLLC本地服务器顺利完成UE的上下文迁移；确保UE在移动过程中，保障URLLC业务的业务连续性，且满足URLLC业务的时延和可靠性要求。The source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover preparation message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式中，该目标本地服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，该目标本地服务器接收目标DU发送的切换准备消息，具体如下：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the third aspect, the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server receives a handover preparation message sent by the target DU, where as follows:
该目标本地网关接收该目标DU发送的切换准备消息，该切换准备消息还携带该目标DU为建立从该目标本地网关到该目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息，例如Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID；Receiving, by the target local gateway, a handover preparation message sent by the target DU, where the handover preparation message further carries the address information allocated by the target DU to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target DU, such as a Transport Layer Address and a GTP. -TEID;
该目标本地网关向该目标URLLC业务服务器发送第一通知消息，该第一通知消息携带该第一切换指示信息以及该目标本地网关为建立从该目标URLLC业务服务器到该目标本地网关之间的隧道所分配的地址信息，如Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求。The target local gateway sends a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway establishes a tunnel between the target URLLC service server and the target local gateway. The assigned address information, such as the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a handover of the URLLC service for indicating the near-end deployment of the target DU, and is used to indicate the near end of the source DU The context migration protocol supported by the deployed URLLC service server, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第三方面的第二种实现方式中，该目标本地服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，该目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给该目标DU，具体如下：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, details as follows:
该目标URLLC业务服务器根据该第一切换指示信息确定源URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server according to the first handover indication information;
该目标URLLC业务服务器根据该目标URLLC业务服务器所支持的上下文迁移协议确定该UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobile process according to a context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server;
该目标URLLC业务服务器向该目标本地网关发送第二通知消息，并通过该目标本地网关向该目标DU发送该切换准备完成消息，该第二通知消息中携带该第二切换指示信息；也就是说，该第二通知消息中携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The target URLLC service server sends a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target DU by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the second handover indication information; The second notification message carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第三方面的第三种实现方式中，该目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给该目标DU后，该目标本地服务器还执行如下：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, after the target local server sends a handover preparation complete message to the target DU, the target local server further performs the following:
该目标本地服务器发送切换完成消息给该目标DU，该切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The target local server sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
该目标本地服务器接收该目标DU返回的切换完成回应消息。The target local server receives the handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
本申请第四方面提供了一种基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法，包括如下步骤：The fourth aspect of the present application provides a context switching method based on service switching, including the following steps:
源本地网关接收核心网CN发送的切换开始消息；该切换开始消息用于指示该源本地网 关进行UE相关的上下文迁移；The source local gateway receives a handover start message sent by the core network CN; the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
该源本地网关发送切换开始回应消息给该CN，该切换开始回应消息用于指示该CN向目标本地网关发送切换需求消息；也就是说，CN在接收到该切换开始回应消息后，向目标本地网关发送切换需求消息；该切换需求消息中携带有要迁移的该UE相关的上下文信息，该UE相关的上下文信息用于指示该目标本地网关建立该UE的相关信息。The source local gateway sends a handover start response message to the CN, and the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to the target local gateway; that is, the CN sends the handover start response message to the target local The gateway sends a handover request message; the handover requirement message carries the UE-related context information to be migrated, and the UE-related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
通过该切换需求消息中携带的要迁移的该UE相关的上下文信息，使得目标本地网关建立该UE的相关信息，完成UE由源本地网关到目标本地网关的上下文迁移。The target local gateway establishes related information of the UE by using the UE-related context information to be migrated carried in the handover request message, and completes context migration of the UE from the source local gateway to the target local gateway.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第四方面的第一种实现方式中，该源本地网关发送切换开始回应消息给该CN前，该源本地网关还执行如下：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present application, before the source local gateway sends a handover start response message to the CN, the source local gateway further performs the following:
该源本地网关接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到该切换启动消息后，该源本地网关确定进行该UE相关的上下文迁移；该切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和/或目标本地网关的IP地址。The source local gateway receives the handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries the target URLLC service The IP address of the server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第四方面的第二种实现方式中，该UE相关的上下文信息包括如下至少一种：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力。In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
本申请第五方面提供了一种基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法，包括如下步骤：The fifth aspect of the present application provides a context switching method based on service switching, including the following steps:
源本地网关发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关；该上下文迁移请求消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，该UE相关的上下文信息用于指示该目标本地网关建立该UE的相关信息；The source local gateway sends a context migration request message to the target local gateway; the context migration request message carries the UE-related context information to be migrated, and the UE-related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE;
该源本地网关接收该目标本地网关返回的上下文迁移请求回应消息。The source local gateway receives the context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
通过该上下文迁移请求消息中携带的要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，使得目标本地网关建立该UE的相关信息，完成UE由源本地网关到目标本地网关的上下文迁移。Through the context information related to the UE to be migrated carried in the context migration request message, the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE, and completes context migration of the UE from the source local gateway to the target local gateway.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第五方面的第一种实现方式中，该源本地网关发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关前，该源本地网关还执行如下：In a possible implementation, in the first implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present application, before the source local gateway sends the context migration request message to the target local gateway, the source local gateway further performs the following:
该源本地网关接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到该切换启动消息后，该源本地网关确定进行该UE相关的上下文迁移；该切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址。The source local gateway receives the handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries the target URLLC service The IP address of the server and the IP address of the target local gateway.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第五方面的第二种实现方式中，该UE相关的上下文信息包括如下至少一种：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力。In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the fifth aspect of the present application, the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
本申请第六方面提供了一种基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法，应用于本地服务器，其中，该本地服务器包括本地网关和URLLC业务服务器，源URLLC业务服务器执行如下步骤：The sixth aspect of the present application provides a service switching based context migration method, which is applied to a local server, where the local server includes a local gateway and a URLLC service server, and the source URLLC service server performs the following steps:
源URLLC业务服务器接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息，该上下文传输启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址；The source URLLC service server receives a context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries the IP address of the target URLLC service server;
该源URLLC业务服务器发送上下文传输数据消息给该目标URLLC业务服务器，该上下文传输数据消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，该UE相关的上下文信息用于指示该目标URLLC业务服务器完成该UE相关的上下文迁移；The source URLLC service server sends a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate that the target URLLC service server completes the UE related context migration;
在完成该UE相关的上下文迁移后，该源URLLC业务服务器发送上下文传输启动回应消息给该源本地网关，该上下文传输启动回应消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成。After completing the UE-related context migration, the source URLLC service server sends a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, and the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第六方面的第一种实现方式中，该源URLLC业务服务 器接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息前，该源本地网关还执行如下：In a possible implementation, in the first implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present application, before the source URLLC service server receives the context transmission start message sent by the source local gateway, the source local gateway further performs the following:
该源本地网关接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到该切换启动消息后，该源本地网关确定进行该UE相关的上下文迁移；该切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址；The source local gateway receives the handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries the target URLLC service The IP address of the server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
在完成该UE相关的上下文迁移后，该源本地网关还执行如下：After completing the UE-related context migration, the source local gateway also performs the following:
该源本地网关发送切换启动回应消息给该源DU，该切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。The source local gateway sends a handover initiation response message to the source DU, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第六方面的第二种实现方式中，在该应用层上下文传输完成后，该目标本地网关还执行如下：In a possible design, in the second implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present application, after the application layer context transmission is completed, the target local gateway is further executed as follows:
目标本地网关接收该目标URLLC业务服务器发送的上下文传输完成消息，该上下文传输完成消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成；Receiving, by the target local gateway, a context transmission completion message sent by the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission completion message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed;
该目标本地网关发送上下文传输完成回应消息给该目标URLLC业务服务器。The target local gateway sends a context transfer completion response message to the target URLLC service server.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第六方面的第三种实现方式中，在该应用层上下文传输完成后，该目标本地网关还执行如下：In a possible design, in a third implementation manner of the sixth aspect of the present application, after the application layer context transmission is completed, the target local gateway is further executed as follows:
该目标本地网关发送切换完成消息给目标DU，该切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The target local gateway sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
该目标本地网关接收该目标DU返回的切换完成回应消息。The target local gateway receives the handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
本申请第七方面提供了一种业务的切换方法，下面从目标站点侧的角度来描述，目标站点执行了以下的步骤：The seventh aspect of the present application provides a method for switching a service. The following describes the target site from the perspective of the target site side, and the target site performs the following steps:
首先，目标站点接收源站点发送的切换请求消息，其中，该切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；通过该第一切换指示信息中携带的信息为后续业务的切换需求作准备。First, the target station receives the handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs near-end deployment. The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service; The information carried in the handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
然后，该目标站点发送切换请求回应消息给该源站点，其中，该切换请求回应消息用于该源站点指示UE发起到该目标站点的接入；也就是说，源站点在接收到该切换请求回应消息后，会向UE发送一个指示消息，由源站点来指示该UE发起到该目标站点的接入。该切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，该第二切换指示信息该第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。Then, the target station sends a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target site; that is, the source site receives the handover request. After the response message, an indication message is sent to the UE, and the source station instructs the UE to initiate access to the target station. The handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, and a handover support. Indicated, negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
通过切换请求消息中携带的第一切换指示信息以及该切换请求回应消息中携带的第二切换指示信息，使得源URLLC本地服务器和目标URLLC本地服务器顺利完成UE的上下文迁移；确保UE在移动过程中，保障URLLC业务的业务连续性，且满足URLLC业务的时延和可靠性要求。The source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover request message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover request response message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第七方面的第一种实现方式中，该目标站点接收源站点发送的切换请求消息后，该目标站点还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in the first implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the present application, after the target station receives the handover request message sent by the source station, the target site further performs the following steps:
该目标站点发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，该切换准备消息中携带该第一切换指示信息；也就是说，该切换准备消息中也携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进 行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The target station sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation message also carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs the near end The switching of the deployed URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
然后，该目标站点接收该目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，该切换准备完成消息中携带该第二切换指示信息；也就是说该切换准备完成消息中也携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。Then, the target station receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: target URLLC The IP address of the service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support the handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第七方面的第二种实现方式中，该目标站点发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，具体如下：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the present application, the target station sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, as follows:
该目标站点发送该切换准备消息给该目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，其中，该切换准备消息还携带该目标站点为建立从该目标本地网关到该目标站点之间的隧道所分配的地址信息，如：传输层地址(Transport Layer Address)和GTP-TEID。The target station sends the handover preparation message to the target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the address information allocated by the target station to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target site. Such as: Transport Layer Address (Transport Layer Address) and GTP-TEID.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第七方面的第三种实现方式中，在该源站点指示UE切换到该目标站点后，该目标站点还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the seventh aspect of the present application, after the source station instructs the UE to switch to the target site, the target site further performs the following steps:
该目标站点接收该目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，该切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；Receiving, by the target site, a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
该目标站点返回切换完成回应消息给该目标本地服务器。The target site returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
本申请第八方面提供了一种业务的切换方法，下面从源站点侧的角度来描述，源站点执行了以下的步骤：The eighth aspect of the present application provides a service switching method, which is described below from the perspective of a source site side, and the source site performs the following steps:
首先，源站点接收UE发送的测量报告；通过该测量报告，该源站点确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标站点；First, the source station receives the measurement report sent by the UE; and the source station determines, by using the measurement report, the target site selected by the originating URLLC service switching;
在确定目标站点后，该源站点发送切换请求消息给该目标站点，其中，该切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；通过该第一切换指示信息中携带的信息为后续业务的切换需求作准备。After determining the target site, the source station sends a handover request message to the target site, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate the target site The configuration of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service The information carried in the first handover indication information is prepared for the handover requirement of the subsequent service.
然后，该源站点接收该目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息，该切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；该第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；Then, the source station receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one type of information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
最后，该源站点发送切换指令给该UE，该切换指令用于指示该UE发起到该目标站点的接入，也就是说，由源站点来指示该UE发起到该目标站点的接入。Finally, the source station sends a handover command to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE initiates access to the target station, that is, the source station instructs the UE to initiate access to the target station.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第八方面的第一种实现方式中，该源站点接收该目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息后，该源站点还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in the first implementation manner of the eighth aspect, after the source station receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, the source site performs the following steps:
该源站点发送切换启动消息给源本地服务器，该切换启动消息中携带该第二切换指示信息；也就是说该切换准备完成消息中也携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The source station sends a handover initiation message to the source local server, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information; that is, the handover preparation completion message also carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
该源站点接收该源本地服务器发送的切换启动回应消息，该切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。The source site receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source local server, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第八方面的第二种实现方式中，该源站点发送切换启动消息给源本地服务器后，该源站点还执行如下步骤：In a possible implementation, in the second implementation manner of the eighth aspect of the present application, after the source station sends a handover start message to the source local server, the source site further performs the following steps:
该源站点发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，该切换开始消息中携带该目标本地网关的IP地址；The source station sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
该源站点接收该CN返回的切换开始回应消息。The source station receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
本申请第九方面提供了一种业务的切换方法，下面从本地服务器侧的角度来描述，目标本地服务器执行了以下的步骤：The ninth aspect of the present application provides a service switching method. The following describes the target local server from the perspective of the local server side:
首先，目标本地服务器接收目标站点发送的切换准备消息，其中，该切换准备消息中携带第一切换指示信息；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；First, the target local server receives the handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs near-end deployment The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
然后，该目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给该目标站点，该切换准备完成消息用于指示该目标站点发送切换请求回应消息给该源站点，该切换请求回应消息用于该源站点指示UE发起到该目标站点的接入；也就是说，源站点在接收到该切换请求回应消息后，会向UE发送一个指示消息，由源站点来指示该UE发起到该目标站点的接入。该切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息；该第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。Then, the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, where the handover preparation completion message is used to indicate that the target station sends a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request response message is used by the source site to instruct the UE to initiate After receiving the handover request response message, the source station sends an indication message to the UE, and the source station instructs the UE to initiate access to the target site. The handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC Server context migration protocol.
通过切换准备消息中携带的第一切换指示信息以及该切换准备完成消息中携带的第二切换指示信息，使得源URLLC本地服务器和目标URLLC本地服务器顺利完成UE的上下文迁移；确保UE在移动过程中，保障URLLC业务的业务连续性，且满足URLLC业务的时延和可靠性要求。The source URLLC local server and the target URLLC local server successfully complete the context migration of the UE by using the first handover indication information carried in the handover preparation message and the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message; ensuring that the UE is in the process of moving The service continuity of the URLLC service is guaranteed, and the delay and reliability requirements of the URLLC service are met.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第九方面的第一种实现方式中，该目标本地服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，该目标本地服务器接收目标站点发送的切换准备消息，具体如下：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server receives a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where as follows:
该目标本地网关接收该目标站点发送的切换准备消息，该切换准备消息还携带该目标站点为建立从该目标本地网关到该目标站点之间的隧道所分配的地址信息，例如Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID；The target local gateway receives a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message further carries address information allocated by the target station for establishing a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target site, such as a Transport Layer Address and a GTP. -TEID;
该目标本地网关向该目标URLLC业务服务器发送第一通知消息，该第一通知消息携带该第一切换指示信息以及该目标本地网关为建立从该目标URLLC业务服务器到该目标本地网关之间的隧道所分配的地址信息，如Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID；该第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求。The target local gateway sends a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway establishes a tunnel between the target URLLC service server and the target local gateway. Assigned address information, such as a Transport Layer Address and a GTP-TEID; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a handover of the URLLC service used to indicate the near-end deployment of the target site, and is used to indicate the near end of the source site. The context migration protocol supported by the deployed URLLC service server, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第九方面的第二种实现方式中，该目标本地服务器包 括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，该目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给该目标站点，具体如下：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the ninth aspect of the present application, the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the target local server sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, details as follows:
该目标URLLC业务服务器根据该第一切换指示信息确定源URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server according to the first handover indication information;
该目标URLLC业务服务器根据该目标URLLC业务服务器所支持的上下文迁移协议确定该UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobile process according to a context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server;
该目标URLLC业务服务器向该目标本地网关发送第二通知消息，并通过该目标本地网关向该目标站点发送该切换准备完成消息，该第二通知消息中携带该第二切换指示信息；也就是说，该第二通知消息中携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The target URLLC service server sends a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target station by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the second handover indication information; The second notification message carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第九方面的第三种实现方式中，该目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给该目标站点后，该目标本地服务器还执行如下：In a possible design, in the third implementation manner of the ninth aspect of the present application, after the target local server sends the handover preparation completion message to the target site, the target local server further performs the following:
该目标本地服务器发送切换完成消息给该目标站点，该切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The target local server sends a handover complete message to the target site, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
该目标本地服务器接收该目标站点返回的切换完成回应消息。The target local server receives the handover complete response message returned by the target site.
本申请第十方面提供了一种接入网设备，该接入网设备包括收发单元和处理单元；The tenth aspect of the present application provides an access network device, where the access network device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
所述处理单元，用于控制所述收发单元接收集中控制单元CU发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: The switching of the URLLC service for indicating the target DU to perform the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the URLLC service corresponding to the URLLC service Packet loss rate requirement;
所述处理单元，用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求回应消息给所述CU，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述CU指示UE发起到所述目标DU的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; The message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a URLLC server context migration after the negotiation. protocol.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十方面的第一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收CU发送的切换请求消息后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the tenth aspect of the present application, after the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request message sent by the CU, the processing unit is further configured to:
控制所述收发单元发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，所述切换准备完成消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The receiving and receiving unit receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十方面的第二种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器,包括：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the tenth aspect of the present application, the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover preparation message to a target local server, including:
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送所述切换准备消息给所述目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标DU为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish from the target local gateway to the The address information assigned by the tunnel between the target DUs.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十方面的第三种实现方式中，在所述CU指示UE切 换到所述目标DU后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the tenth aspect of the present application, after the CU instructs the UE to switch to the target DU, the processing unit is further configured to:
控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
控制所述收发单元返回切换完成回应消息给所述目标本地服务器。Controlling the transceiver unit to return a handover completion response message to the target local server.
本申请第十一方面提供了一种接入网设备，该接入网设备包括收发单元和处理单元；An eleventh aspect of the present application provides an access network device, where the access network device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
所述处理单元用于获取测量报告；根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标分布式控制单元DU；The processing unit is configured to acquire a measurement report, and determine, according to the measurement report, a target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switching;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求消息给所述目标DU，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: Indicates the switching of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment of the target DU, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Package rate requirement;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标DU的接入。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十一方面的第一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于获取测量报告包括：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the eleventh aspect of the present application, the processing unit, configured to obtain a measurement report, includes:
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收UE发送的测量报告；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a measurement report sent by the UE;
或者，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收UE所属的DU对所述UE发送的上行信号进行测量后生成的测量报告。Alternatively, the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a measurement report generated by the DU to which the UE belongs to measure the uplink signal sent by the UE.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十一方面的第二种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the eleventh aspect of the present application, the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the processing The unit is also used to:
控制所述收发单元发送切换启动消息给源DU，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover initiation message to the source DU, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
控制所述收发单元接收所述源DU发送的切换启动回应消息。And controlling the transceiver unit to receive a handover initiation response message sent by the source DU.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十一方面的第三种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换启动消息给源DU后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the eleventh aspect of the present application, after the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover initiation message to the source DU, the processing unit is further configured to: :
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，所述切换开始消息中携带所述目标本地网关的IP地址；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries an IP address of the target local gateway;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述CN返回的切换开始回应消息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover start response message returned by the CN.
本申请第十二方面提供了一种服务器，该服务器包括收发单元和处理单元；A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a server, the server includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收目标分布式控制单元DU发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指 示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target distributed control unit (DU), where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : a handover of the URLLC service for indicating the target DU to perform the near-end deployment, a context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, a delay request for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and a URL LC service for indicating Corresponding packet loss rate requirements;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标DU，以使所述目标DU发送切换请求回应消息给所述CU，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述CU指示UE发起到所述目标DU的接入；所述切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, so that the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used for the CU indication The UE initiates the access to the target DU; the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the target local gateway IP address, indication of support for handover, URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十二方面的第一种实现方式中，所述服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收目标DU发送的切换准备消息包括：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a target DU. The handover preparation message sent includes:
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标DU发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标DU为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target DU, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target DU Assigned address information;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元向所述目标URLLC业务服务器发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息携带所述第一切换指示信息以及所述目标本地网关为建立从所述目标URLLC业务服务器到所述目标本地网关之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target Address information assigned by the tunnel between the URLLC service server and the target local gateway.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十二方面的第二种实现方式中，所述服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标DU包括：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation. Completing the message to the target DU includes:
所述处理单元用于根据所述第一切换指示信息确定源URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议；根据所述目标URLLC业务服务器所支持的上下文迁移协议确定所述UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移协议；The processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first handover indication information, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server, and determine, according to the context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobility process. ;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元向所述目标本地网关发送第二通知消息，并通过所述目标本地网关向所述目标DU发送所述切换准备完成消息，所述第二通知消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a second notification message to the target local gateway, and send the handover preparation completion message to the target DU by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message is Carrying the second handover indication information.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十二方面的第三种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标DU后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, the processing unit Also used for:
控制所述收发单元发送切换完成消息给所述目标DU，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
控制所述收发单元接收所述目标DU返回的切换完成回应消息。And controlling the transceiver unit to receive a handover completion response message returned by the target DU.
本申请第十三方面提供了一种网关设备，该网关设备包括收发单元和处理单元；A thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a gateway device, where the gateway device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收核心网CN发送的切换开始消息；所述切换开始消息用于指示所述源本地网关进行UE相关的上下文迁移；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover start message sent by the core network CN, where the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN，所述切换开始回应消息用于指示所述CN向目标本地网关发送切换需求消息；所述切换需求消息中携带有要迁移的所述UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息。The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover start response message to the CN, where the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to a target local gateway; The UE-related context information to be migrated, the UE-related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十三方面的第一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN前，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect of the present application, the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover start response message to the CN, where the processing unit further Used for:
控制所述收发单元接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述源本地网关确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和/或目标本地网关的IP地址。Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the UE-related context migration; in the handover initiation message The IP address of the target URLLC service server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十三方面的第二种实现方式中，所述UE相关的上下文信息包括如下至少一种：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力。In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect of the present application, the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal. ability.
本申请第十四方面提供了一种网关设备，该网关设备包括收发单元和处理单元；A fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a gateway device, where the gateway device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关；所述上下文迁移请求消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a context migration request message to the target local gateway; the context migration request message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate the location Determining, by the target local gateway, related information of the UE;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地网关返回的上下文迁移请求回应消息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十四方面的第一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关前，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect of the present application, the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a context migration request message to a target local gateway, where the processing unit further Used for:
控制所述收发单元接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述源本地网关确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址。Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the UE-related context migration; in the handover initiation message The IP address of the target URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十四方面的第二种实现方式中，所述UE相关的上下文信息包括如下至少一种：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力。In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect, the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal. ability.
本申请第十五方面提供了一种服务器，该服务器包括收发单元和处理单元，所述服务器包括本地网关和URLLC业务服务器；A fifteenth aspect of the present application provides a server, the server includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit, and the server includes a local gateway and a URLLC service server;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息，所述上下文传输启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries an IP address of the target URLLC service server;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文传输数据消息给所述目标URLLC业务服务器，所述上下文传输数据消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标URLLC业务服务器完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used by Instructing the target URLLC service server to complete the UE-related context migration;
在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文传输启动回应消息给所述源本地网关，所述上下文传输启动回应消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成。After completing the UE-related context migration, the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed. .
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十五方面的第一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息前，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect of the present application, the processing unit is configured to control the processing unit before receiving, by the transceiver unit, a context transmission start message sent by a source local gateway. Also used for:
控制所述收发单元接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址；Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, determining to perform a context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target URLLC service The IP address of the server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，所述处理单元还用于：After the UE-related context migration is completed, the processing unit is further configured to:
控制所述收发单元发送切换启动回应消息给所述源DU，所述切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。And controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover initiation response message to the source DU, where the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十五方面的第二种实现方式中，在所述应用层上下文传输完成后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect of the present application, after the application layer context transmission is completed, the processing unit is further configured to:
控制所述收发单元接收所述目标URLLC业务服务器发送的上下文传输完成消息，所述上下文传输完成消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成；Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a context transmission completion message sent by the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission completion message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed;
控制所述收发单元发送上下文传输完成回应消息给所述目标URLLC业务服务器。And controlling the transceiver unit to send a context transmission completion response message to the target URLLC service server.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十五方面的第三种实现方式中，在所述应用层上下文传输完成后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the fifteenth aspect of the present application, after the application layer context transmission is completed, the processing unit is further configured to:
控制所述收发单元发送切换完成消息给目标DU，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
控制所述收发单元接收所述目标DU返回的切换完成回应消息。And controlling the transceiver unit to receive a handover completion response message returned by the target DU.
本申请第十六方面提供了一种基站，该基站包括收发单元和处理单元；A sixteenth aspect of the present application provides a base station, where the base station includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收源站点发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information, where the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: The target site performs the near-end deployment of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Rate requirement
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求回应消息给所述源站点，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述源站点指示UE发起到所述目标站点的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover request response message to the source station, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target station; The second handover indication information carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, and an indication to support handover. , negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十六方面的第一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收源站点发送的切换请求消息后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect of the present application, after the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by a source station, the processing unit further uses to:
控制所述收发单元发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，所述切换准备完成消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The receiving and receiving unit receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十六方面的第二种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器包括：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect of the present application, the processing unit, configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, includes:
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送所述切换准备消息给所述目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标站点为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标站点之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target site to establish from the target local gateway to the The address information assigned by the tunnel between the target sites.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十六方面的第三种实现方式中，在所述源站点指示UE切换到所述目标站点后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the sixteenth aspect of the present application, after the source station instructs the UE to switch to the target site, the processing unit is further configured to:
控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
控制所述收发单元返回切换完成回应消息给所述目标本地服务器。Controlling the transceiver unit to return a handover completion response message to the target local server.
本申请第十七方面提供了一种基站，该基站包括收发单元和处理单元；A seventeenth aspect of the present application provides a base station, where the base station includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十七方面的第一种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收UE发送的测量报告；根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所 选择的目标站点；In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a measurement report sent by the UE, and determine to initiate a URLLC service according to the measurement report. Switch the selected target site;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求消息给所述目标站点，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover request message to the target station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: Indicates the switching of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment of the target site, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Package rate requirement;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标站点的接入。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target station.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十七方面的第二种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect, the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, the processing The unit is also used to:
控制所述收发单元发送切换启动消息给源本地服务器，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover initiation message to the source local server, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
控制所述收发单元接收所述源本地服务器发送的切换启动回应消息，所述切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。And controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation response message sent by the source local server, where the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十七方面的第三种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换启动消息给源本地服务器后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the seventeenth aspect of the present application, after the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover start message to a source local server, the processing unit further uses to:
控制所述收发单元发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，所述切换开始消息中携带所述目标本地网关的IP地址；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries an IP address of the target local gateway;
控制所述收发单元接收所述CN返回的切换开始回应消息。And controlling the transceiver unit to receive a handover start response message returned by the CN.
本申请第十八方面提供了一种服务器，该服务器包括收发单元和处理单元；The eighteenth aspect of the present application provides a server, the server includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收目标站点发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: The target site performs the near-end deployment of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Rate requirement
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标站点，所述切换准备完成消息用于指示所述目标站点发送切换请求回应消息给所述源站点，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述源站点指示UE发起到所述目标站点的接入；所述切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover preparation completion message to the target station, where the handover preparation completion message is used to instruct the target station to send a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request is sent The response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate the access to the target station; the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the target URLLC The IP address of the service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support the handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十八方面的第一种实现方式中，所述服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收目标站点发送的切换准备消息包括：In a possible implementation, in a first implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a target site. The handover preparation message sent includes:
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标站点发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标站点为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标站点之间的隧道所分配的地址信息；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message further carries the target station to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target station Assigned address information;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元向所述目标URLLC业务服务器发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息携带所述第一切换指示信息以及所述目标本地网关为建立从所述目标URLLC业务服务器到所述目标本地网关之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target Address information assigned by the tunnel between the URLLC service server and the target local gateway.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十八方面的第二种实现方式中，所述服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标站点包括：In a possible implementation, in a second implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, where the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation Completing the message to the target site includes:
所述处理单元用于根据所述第一切换指示信息确定源URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议；根据所述目标URLLC业务服务器所支持的上下文迁移协议确定所述UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移协议；The processing unit is configured to determine, according to the first handover indication information, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server, and determine, according to the context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobility process. ;
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元向所述目标本地网关发送第二通知消息，并通过所述目标本地网关向所述目标站点发送所述切换准备完成消息，所述第二通知消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a second notification message to the target local gateway, and send the handover preparation completion message to the target station by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message is Carrying the second handover indication information.
在一种可能的设计中，在本申请第十八方面的第三种实现方式中，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标站点后，所述处理单元还用于：In a possible implementation, in a third implementation manner of the eighteenth aspect, the processing unit is configured to control, after the transceiver unit sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, the processing unit Also used for:
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换完成消息给所述目标站点，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover complete message to the target site, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标站点返回的切换完成回应消息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover complete response message returned by the target station.
本申请第十九方面提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。A nineteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer readable storage medium having stored therein instructions that, when executed on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the above aspects.
本申请第二十方面提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。A twentieth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the various aspects above.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请提供演进后的电信网络的一个结构示意图；1 is a schematic structural diagram of an evolved telecommunication network provided by the present application;
图2为本申请提供的无线接入网的一个架构示意图；2 is a schematic structural diagram of a radio access network provided by the present application;
图3为本申请提供的无线接入网的另一架构示意图；3 is another schematic structural diagram of a radio access network provided by the present application;
图4为本申请提供的业务的切换方法的一个流程示意图；4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for switching a service provided by the present application;
图5为本申请提供的业务的切换方法的另一流程示意图；FIG. 5 is another schematic flowchart of a method for switching a service provided by the present application;
图6为本申请提供的基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法的一个流程示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a service switching based context migration method provided by the present application;
图7为本申请提供的基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法的另一流程示意图；FIG. 7 is another schematic flowchart of a service switching based context migration method provided by the present application;
图8为本申请提供的基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法的另一流程示意图；8 is another schematic flowchart of a service switching based context migration method provided by the present application;
图9为本申请提供的网络设备的一个结构示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by the present application;
图10为本申请提供的业务切换装置的一个结构示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a service switching apparatus provided by the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本技术领域的人员更好地理解本申请方案，下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例进行描述。The embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象，而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换，以便这里描述的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外，术语“包括”或“具有”及其任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含，例如，包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、***、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元，而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if present) in the specification and claims of the present application and the above figures are used to distinguish similar objects without having to use To describe a specific order or order. It is to be understood that the data so used may be interchanged where appropriate so that the embodiments described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than what is illustrated or described herein. In addition, the term "comprises" or "comprises" or any variations thereof, is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, for example, a process, method, system, product, or device that comprises a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to those that are clearly listed Steps or units, but may include other steps or units not explicitly listed or inherent to such processes, methods, products or devices.
图1为演进后的一种电信网络的结构示意图。参见图1，包括用户设备(User Equipment，UE)、接入网、移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity，MME)、本地服务网关(Serving Gateway，SGW)、数据网关、核心控制实体及分组数据网络(Packet Data Network，PDN)，其中FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an evolved telecommunication network. Referring to FIG. 1, a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), an access network, a Mobility Management Entity (MME), a Serving Gateway (SGW), a data gateway, a core control entity, and a packet data network are included. (Packet Data Network, PDN), where
UE通过接入网接入网络，在移动性管理实体的控制下在接入网和本地服务网关间建立隧道，本地服务网关和数据网关之间也建立隧道，从而建立了UE和分组数据网之间的连通性。实际应用中，也可以是UE到数据网关之间直接建立隧道。其中移动性管理实体可能负责管理UE位置信息、接入鉴权、非接入层信令及信令安全等；本地服务网关是UE的小范围移动的数据锚点，是核心网和接入网的接口实体，负责用户数据的路由转发。核心控制实体是记录和管理用户位置信息、认证授权信息的实体；The UE accesses the network through the access network, establishes a tunnel between the access network and the local service gateway under the control of the mobility management entity, and establishes a tunnel between the local service gateway and the data gateway, thereby establishing a UE and a packet data network. Connectivity between. In practical applications, it is also possible to directly establish a tunnel between the UE and the data gateway. The mobility management entity may be responsible for managing UE location information, access authentication, non-access stratum signaling, and signaling security; the local serving gateway is a small-range mobile data anchor of the UE, and is a core network and an access network. The interface entity is responsible for routing and forwarding user data. The core control entity is an entity that records and manages user location information and authentication authorization information;
隧道技术的原理是，通过对隧道的两个端点实体间传输的协议包用另一种协议进行封装，实现两个端点实体间数据的安全传输和路由。The principle of the tunneling technology is to securely transmit and route data between two endpoint entities by encapsulating the protocol packets transmitted between the two endpoint entities of the tunnel with another protocol.
为了有效的管理和利用网络资源，电信网络建立了完整的网络管理和控制机制。当终端退出网络时，需要将分配给该用户的资源及时释放掉，包括无线信道、承载、各种隧道及存储的信息等。In order to effectively manage and utilize network resources, the telecommunications network has established a complete network management and control mechanism. When the terminal exits the network, the resources allocated to the user need to be released in time, including the wireless channel, the bearer, various tunnels, and stored information.
有些网络支持用户设备接入一个或多个分组数据业务，分组数据业务通过接入点名(Access Point Name，APN)来标识，网络侧依据APN建立用户到相应数据网关的连通性，数据网关再依据APN建立到相应PDN的连通性。这种情况下，用户需要接入的分组数据业务的APN有可能在网络侧预配置，也可能由用户设备向网络侧提供。Some networks support user equipment to access one or more packet data services. The packet data service is identified by an Access Point Name (APN). The network side establishes the connectivity of the user to the corresponding data gateway according to the APN. The APN establishes connectivity to the corresponding PDN. In this case, the APN of the packet data service that the user needs to access may be pre-configured on the network side or may be provided by the user equipment to the network side.
在现有的下一代无线接入网架构的讨论中，提出了无线接入网(Radio Access Network，RAN)演进为集中控制单元(Central Unit，CU)和分布式控制单元(Distributed Unit，DU)。In the discussion of the existing next-generation radio access network architecture, it is proposed that the Radio Access Network (RAN) evolves into a Central Unit (CU) and a Distributed Control Unit (DU). .
在不同的网络架构下，URLLC Server有如下近端部署方式：Under different network architectures, URLLC Server has the following near-end deployment methods:
1)部署方式1：如图2所示，RAN进行CU和DU切分，URLLC Server部署到DU近端的位置，当然，一个URLLC Server可以和一个或多个DU相连；DU需要通过本地网关(Local GW)和URLLC Server相连；Local GW可以是RAN的功能，也可以是核心网功能的下移；如果Local GW具有控制面功能，则DU和Local GW之间可以直接进行信令的交互以便建立数据传输的通道；否则，DU和Local GW之间的数据传输通道的建立需要CN和CU的参与。URLLC Server也可以部署到CU近端的位置，部署方式和DU近端相似。1) Deployment mode 1: As shown in Figure 2, the RAN performs CU and DU segmentation, and the URLLC Server is deployed to the near-end location of the DU. Of course, one URLLC Server can be connected to one or more DUs; the DU needs to pass through the local gateway ( Local GW) is connected to the URLLC Server; the Local GW can be a function of the RAN or a downward movement of the core network function; if the Local GW has a control plane function, the signaling interaction can be directly performed between the DU and the Local GW to establish The channel for data transmission; otherwise, the establishment of the data transmission channel between the DU and the Local GW requires the participation of the CN and the CU. The URLLC Server can also be deployed to the near-end of the CU in a similar way to the DU near-end.
2)部署方式2：如图3所示，RAN不进行功能切分，即为站点，例如LTE eNodeB或eLTE eNodeB或NR gNodeB；一个URLLC Server可以和一个或多个站点相连；站点需要通 过Local GW和URLLC Server相连；Local GW可以是RAN的功能，也可以是核心网功能的下移；如果Local GW具有控制面功能，则LTE eNodeB/eLTE eNodeB/NR gNodeB和Local GW之间可以直接进行信令的交互以便建立数据传输的通道；否则，LTE eNodeB/eLTE eNodeB/NR gNodeB和Local GW之间的数据传输通道的建立需要CN的参与。2) Deployment mode 2: As shown in FIG. 3, the RAN does not perform function segmentation, that is, a site, such as an LTE eNodeB or an eLTE eNodeB or an NR gNodeB; a URLLC Server can be connected to one or more sites; the site needs to pass the Local GW. Connected to the URLLC Server; the Local GW can be a function of the RAN or a downward movement of the core network function; if the Local GW has a control plane function, the LTE eNodeB/eLTE eNodeB/NR gNodeB and the Local GW can directly perform signaling. Interaction to establish a channel for data transmission; otherwise, the establishment of a data transmission channel between the LTE eNodeB/eLTE eNodeB/NR gNodeB and the Local GW requires the participation of the CN.
为了描述方便，在以上两种部署方式下，将Local GW和URLLC Server一起称为本地服务器(Local Server)；其中Local GW和URLLC Server之间要建立隧道，可以是通用路由封装协议(Generic Routing Encapsulatio，GRE)或GPRS隧道协议(GPRS Turning Protocol，GTP)等协议定义的隧道；For the convenience of description, in the above two deployment modes, the Local GW and the URLLC Server are collectively referred to as a local server (Local Server); a tunnel is established between the Local GW and the URLLC Server, which may be a Generic Routing Encapsulation Protocol. , GRE) or a tunnel defined by a protocol such as the GPRS Turning Protocol (GTP);
在以上两种部署方式下，为了保证URLLC业务的连续性，需要跨层同步进行切换控制，在切换流程中，实现此用户相关的源站点上下文，Local GW上下文和URLLC Server业务上下文的迁移，迁移到目标站点，目标Local GW和目标URLLC Server，以保证URLLC业务在切换过程中不受影响；In the above two deployment modes, in order to ensure the continuity of the URLLC service, cross-layer synchronization is required for handover control. In the handover process, the source site context, the Local GW context, and the URLLC Server service context migration of the user are implemented. Go to the target site, the target Local GW and the target URLLC Server to ensure that the URLLC service is not affected during the handover process;
当然，此过程中，也可以支持用户相关的源站点上下文和URLLC Server业务上下文的迁移，即用户相关的Local GW上下文可以不迁移，保证URLLC业务的连续性。Certainly, in this process, the user-related source site context and the URLLC Server service context migration may also be supported, that is, the user-related Local GW context may not be migrated to ensure the continuity of the URLLC service.
针对部署方式1，该部署方式1下的业务连续性保障流程如图4所示。For the deployment mode 1, the service continuity guarantee process in the deployment mode 1 is as shown in Figure 4.
401、集中控制单元CU获取测量报告。401. The centralized control unit CU obtains a measurement report.
需要说明的是，CU获取测量报告的方式可以是接收UE发送的测量报告；或者，通过UE所属的DU对UE发送的上行UL信号进行测量，生成测量报告后发送给CU，CU接收所述DU发送的该测量报告。在获取该测量报告后，所述CU确定要发起针对近端部署的URLLC业务的切换。It should be noted that the CU may obtain the measurement report by receiving the measurement report sent by the UE; or, by using the DU to which the UE belongs, to measure the uplink UL signal sent by the UE, generate a measurement report, and send the measurement report to the CU, where the CU receives the DU. The measurement report sent. After obtaining the measurement report, the CU determines to initiate a handover of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment.
402、所述CU根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标分布式控制单元DU。402. The CU determines, according to the measurement report, a target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switch.
该CU根据该测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标DU。The CU determines, according to the measurement report, a target DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switch.
403、所述CU发送切换请求(Handover Request)消息给所述目标DU，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息。403. The CU sends a handover request (Handover Request) message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information.
该第一切换指示信息可以是以下任一切换指示信息或者组合：切换指示(HO Indication)、支持协议的指示(Support Protocol Indication)、时延(latency bound)、丢包率(ratio of lost packets)，其中HO Indication用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换，Support Protocol Indication用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC Server支持的上下文迁移协议，如：SockMi/CXTP/MTCP等等，latency bound和ratio of lost packets是URLLC业务对应的QoS需求，前者是时延要求，后者是丢包率的要求。The first handover indication information may be any handover indication information or combination: handover indication (HO Indication), support protocol indication (Support Protocol Indication), latency bound, and ratio of lost packets. The HO Indication is used to indicate the handover of the URLLC service of the target DU for the near-end deployment, and the Support Protocol Indication is used to indicate the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC Server deployed at the near end of the source DU, such as: SockMi/CXTP/MTCP, etc., latency The bound and ratio of lost packets are the QoS requirements corresponding to the URLLC service. The former is the delay requirement and the latter is the requirement of the packet loss rate.
404、所述目标DU发送切换准备(Handover Preparation)消息给目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息。404. The target DU sends a Handover Preparation message to a target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information.
目标DU发送切换准备(Handover Preparation)消息给目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)中的目标本地网关(Target Local GW)；Target Local GW再通知到目标URLLC业务服务器(Target URLLC Server)；该切换准备消息携带的信息和步骤403中切换请求消息携带的信息相同。通过该切换准备消息，还可以完成从Target URLLC Server到Target  Local GW之间的隧道，以及从Target Local GW到Target DU之间的隧道建立过程，该隧道用于传输UE切换过程中准备迁移的URLLC业务，因此，Target DU向Target Local Server发送的切换准备消息中除了携带以上切换请求消息中携带的信息之外，还可以携带Target DU为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，如：传输层地址(Transport Layer Address)和GTP-TEID。Target Local Server中Target Local GW向Target URLLC Server发送的通知消息中除了携带以上切换请求消息中携带的信息之外，还可以携带Target Local GW为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，如：Transport Layer Address和GRE信息等。The target DU sends a Handover Preparation message to the target local gateway (Target Local GW) in the target local server; the Target Local GW then notifies the target URLLC service server (Target URLLC Server); the handover preparation message The carried information is the same as the information carried in the handover request message in step 403. The tunnel preparation process can also complete the tunnel between the Target URLLC Server and the Target Local GW, and the tunnel establishment process from the Target Local GW to the Target DU, which is used to transmit the URLLC to be migrated during the UE handover process. The service, therefore, the handover preparation message sent by the Target DU to the Target Local Server may carry the address information allocated by the Target DU to establish a tunnel, such as the transport layer address (Transport), in addition to the information carried in the above handover request message. Layer Address) and GTP-TEID. The notification message sent by the Target Local GW to the Target URLLC Server in the Target Local Server may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, such as the Transport Layer Address and the information carried in the above handover request message. GRE information, etc.
Target Local GW和Target URLLC Server根据收到的latency bound和ratio of lost packets参数，判断是否允许UE进行URLLC业务的迁入。The Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server determine whether to allow the UE to perform the migration of the URLLC service according to the received latency bound and ratio of lost packets parameters.
405、所述目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标DU，所述切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息。405. The target local server sends a handover preparation complete message to the target DU, where the handover preparation complete message carries the second handover indication information.
Target Local Server中，Target URLLC Server根据收到的Support Protocol Indication参数，确定Source URLLC server支持的上下文迁移协议，并根据自己所支持的上下文迁移协议，确定UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移的协议，Target URLLC Server再通知到Target Local GW，Target Local GW发送切换准备完成(Handover Preparation Complete)消息给Targe DU，该切换准备完成消息中携带的第二切换指示信息可以是以下任一信息或者组合：Target URLLC Server的IP地址、Target Local GW的IP地址、支持切换的指示HO Support Indication、协商后的URLLC server上下文迁移协议。In the Target Local Server, the Target URLLC Server determines the context migration protocol supported by the Source URLLC server according to the received Support Protocol Indication parameter, and determines the protocol for the context migration used in the UE mobility process according to the context migration protocol supported by the Target URL. The URLLC Server then notifies the Target Local GW, and the Target Local GW sends a Handover Preparation Complete message to the Taret DU. The second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message may be any of the following information or a combination: Target URLLC The IP address of the server, the IP address of the Target Local GW, the HO Support Indication that supports handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
通过该切换准备完成消息，还可以完成从Target Local GW到Target URLLC Server之间的隧道，以及从Target DU到Target Local GW之间的隧道建立过程，该隧道用于传输UE切换过程中准备迁移的URLLC业务，因此，Target Local GW向Target DU发送的切换准备完成消息中携带的第二切换指示信息除了携带以上信息之外，还可以携带Target Local GW为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，包括Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID。Target URLLC Server向Target Local GW发送的通知消息中除了切换准备完成消息中携带的以上信息之外，还可以携带Target URLLC Server为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，包括Transport Layer Address和GRE信息。Through the handover preparation completion message, a tunnel between the Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server and a tunnel establishment process from the Target DU to the Target Local GW may be completed, and the tunnel is used to transmit the UE to be migrated during the handover process. The URL information is transmitted. Therefore, the second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message sent by the Target Local GW to the target DU may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer. Address and GTP-TEID. The notification message sent by the target URLLC server to the Target Local GW may carry the address information allocated by the Target URLLC Server for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GRE information, in addition to the above information carried in the handover preparation completion message.
406、所述目标DU发送切换请求回应(Handover Request Ack)消息给所述CU，所述切换请求回应消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。406. The target DU sends a Handover Request Ack message to the CU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information.
407(a)、所述CU发送切换启动(Handover Start)消息给源DU，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。407 (a), the CU sends a handover start (Handover Start) message to the source DU, and the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information.
在所述切换启动消息中携带Target URLLC Server的IP地址和Target Local GW的IP地址以及协商后使用的URLLC server上下文迁移协议。The IP address of the Target URLLC Server and the IP address of the Target Local GW and the URLLC server context migration protocol used after negotiation are carried in the handover initiation message.
可选的，407(b)、此时CU也发送切换开始(Handover Begin)消息给核心网，在所述切换开始消息中携带Target Local GW的IP地址，知会核心网需要进行Local GW上下文的迁移。Optionally, 407 (b), at this time, the CU also sends a Handover Begin message to the core network, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the Target Local GW, and the core network needs to perform the Local GW context. migrate.
407(c)、核心网返回切换开始回应(Handover Begin Ack)消息给所述CU；如果存在此步骤，则此步骤和步骤408中的切换启动消息都不携带Target Local GW的IP地址。407 (c), the core network returns a Handover Begin Ack message to the CU; if there is this step, the handover initiation message in this step and step 408 does not carry the IP address of the Target Local GW.
408(a)、所述源DU发送所述切换启动(Handover Start)消息给源本地服务器(Source  Local Server)，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。408 (a), the source DU sends the handover start (Handover Start) message to the source local server (Source Local Server), and the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information.
在所述切换启动消息中携带Target URLLC Server的IP地址和Target Local GW的IP地址；Source Local Server中是Source Local GW知会Source URLLC Server。The IP address of the Target URLLC Server and the IP address of the Target Local GW are carried in the handover initiation message; in the Source Local Server, the Source Local GW informs the Source URLLC Server.
同时，408(b)、Source DU发送切换启动回应(Handover Start Ack)消息给所述CU。At the same time, 408(b), Source DU sends a Handover Start Ack message to the CU.
409、CU收到切换启动回应(Handover Start Ack)消息后，发送切换指令(Handover Command)给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE切换到所述目标DU。409. After receiving the Handover Start Ack message, the CU sends a Handover Command to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE switches to the target DU.
410(a)、所述源本地服务器(Source Local Server)发起到目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)的所述UE相关的上下文迁移流程。410(a), the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to a target local server.
具体的，所述源本地服务器(Source Local Server)中的源URLLC业务服务器(Source URLLC Server)发起到目标URLLC业务服务器(Target URLLC Server)的所述UE相关的上下文迁移流程。Specifically, the source URLLC server in the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target URLLC service server (Target URLLC Server).
可选的，源本地网关(Source Local GW)发起到目标本地网关(Target Local GW)的所述UE相关的上下文迁移流程。Optionally, the source local gateway (Source Local GW) initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target local gateway (Target Local GW).
此时，410(b)、所述UE在收到Handover Command命令后，发起到目标DU的接入。At this time, 410 (b), the UE initiates access to the target DU after receiving the Handover Command command.
411(a)、在所述源本地服务器(Source Local Server)完成上下文迁移后，所述源本地服务器发送切换启动回应(Handover Start Ack)消息给所述源DU。411 (a), after the source local server completes the context migration, the source local server sends a Handover Start Ack message to the source DU.
该切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成了上下文迁移；这个指示可以是消息，或消息中携带的一个参数。The handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed; this indication may be a message, or a parameter carried in the message.
411(b)、在所述目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)完成上下文迁移后，所述目标本地服务器发送切换完成(Handover Complete)消息给目标DU。411 (b), after the target local server completes the context migration, the target local server sends a handover complete (Handover Complete) message to the target DU.
该切换完成消息用于指示上下文迁移成功完成。The handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration was successfully completed.
412、所述目标DU返回切换完成回应(Handover Complete Ack)消息给所述目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)。412. The target DU returns a Handover Complete Ack message to the target local server.
该过程中，Local GW可以具备控制面功能，因此，DU可以直接与Local Server进行信息的交互，以便建立两者之间的数据传输通道。In this process, the Local GW can have the control plane function. Therefore, the DU can directly interact with the Local Server to establish a data transmission channel between the two.
除此之外，Local GW还可以不具备控制面功能，则DU和Local Server之间的信息交互需要通过CU和CN的控制来实现。这里就不再累赘。In addition, the Local GW may not have the control plane function, and the information interaction between the DU and the Local Server needs to be implemented by the control of the CU and the CN. It is no longer cumbersome here.
在上述流程中，Local Server也可以在CU附近部署，此时，主要流程基本相似，主要有如下不同：1)切换变成源CU到目标CU之间的切换；2)DU和Local Server之间的交互，转变成CU和Local Server之间的交互。In the above process, the Local Server can also be deployed in the vicinity of the CU. At this time, the main processes are basically similar, and the main differences are as follows: 1) switching becomes a switch between the source CU and the target CU; 2) between the DU and the Local Server The interaction is transformed into an interaction between the CU and the Local Server.
针对部署方式2，该部署方式2下的业务连续性保障流程如图5所示。For the deployment mode 2, the service continuity guarantee process in the deployment mode 2 is as shown in Figure 5.
501、源站点接收UE发送的测量报告。501. The source station receives a measurement report sent by the UE.
需要说明的是，该源站点包括但不限于：NR gNodeB,eLTE eNodeB和LTE eNodeB。It should be noted that the source site includes but is not limited to: NR gNodeB, eLTE eNodeB, and LTE eNodeB.
502、所述源站点根据所述测量报告确定要发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标站点。502. The source station determines, according to the measurement report, a target site selected to initiate a URLLC service switch.
503、所述源站点发送切换请求(Handover Request)消息给所述目标站点，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息。503. The source station sends a handover request (Handover Request) message to the target site, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information.
该第一切换指示信息可以是以下任一切换指示信息或者组合：HO Indication、Support  Protocol Indication、latency bound、ratio of lost packets，其中HO Indication指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换，Support Protocol Indication用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC Server支持的上下文迁移协议，如：SockMi/CXTP/MTCP等等，latency bound和ratio of lost packets是URLLC业务对应的QoS需求，前者是时延要求，后者是丢包率的要求。The first handover indication information may be any one of the following handover indication information or a combination: HO Indication, Support Protocol Indication, latency bound, ratio of lost packets, where HO Indication indicates that the target DU performs handover of the URL LC service deployed at the near end, Support Protocol The indication is used to indicate the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC Server deployed at the near end of the source DU, such as SockMi/CXTP/MTCP, etc., and the latency bound and ratio of lost packets are the QoS requirements corresponding to the URLLC service. The former is the delay requirement, and the latter is It is the requirement of the packet loss rate.
504、所述目标站点发送切换准备(Handover Preparation)消息给目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息。504. The target station sends a handover preparation (Handover Preparation) message to a target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information.
目标站点发送切换准备(Handover Preparation)消息给目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)中的目标本地网关(Target Local GW)；Target Local GW再通知到Target URLLC Server；该切换准备消息携带的参数和步骤503中切换请求消息携带的信息相同。通过该切换准备消息，还可以完成从Target URLLC Server到Target Local GW之间的隧道，以及从Target Local GW到目标站点之间的隧道建立过程，该隧道用于传输UE切换过程中准备迁移的URLLC业务，因此，目标站点向Target Local Server发送的Handover Preparation消息中除了携带以上信息之外，还可以携带目标站点为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，包括Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID。Target Local GW向Target URLLC Server发送的通知消息中除了携带以上信息之外，还可以携带Target Local GW为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，包括Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID。The target station sends a Handover Preparation message to the target local gateway (Target Local GW) in the target local server; the Target Local GW then notifies the Target URLLC Server; the parameters carried in the handover preparation message and step 503 The information carried in the middle handover request message is the same. Through the handover preparation message, a tunnel from the Target URLLC Server to the Target Local GW and a tunnel establishment process from the Target Local GW to the target site for transmitting the URLLC to be migrated during the UE handover process may also be completed. The service, therefore, the Handover Preparation message sent by the target site to the Target Local Server may carry the address information allocated by the target site for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID, in addition to the above information. In addition to the above information, the notification message sent by the Target Local GW to the Target URLLC Server may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID.
Target Local GW和Target URLLC Server根据收到的latency bound和ratio of lost packets参数，判断是否允许UE进行URLLC业务的迁入。The Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server determine whether to allow the UE to perform the migration of the URLLC service according to the received latency bound and ratio of lost packets parameters.
505、所述目标本地服务器发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标站点，所述切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息。505. The target local server sends a handover preparation complete message to the target site, where the handover preparation complete message carries the second handover indication information.
Target Local Server中，Target URLLC Server根据收到的Support Protocol Indication参数，确定Source URLLC server支持的上下文迁移协议，并根据自己所支持的上下文迁移协议，确定UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移的协议，Target URLLC Server再通知到Target Local GW，Target Local GW发送切换准备完成(Handover Preparation Complete)消息给目标站点，该切换准备完成消息中携带的第二切换指示信息可以是以下任一信息或者组合：Target URLLC Server的IP地址、Target Local GW的IP地址、支持切换的指示HO Support Indication、协商后的URLLC server上下文迁移协议。In the Target Local Server, the Target URLLC Server determines the context migration protocol supported by the Source URLLC server according to the received Support Protocol Indication parameter, and determines the protocol for the context migration used in the UE mobility process according to the context migration protocol supported by the Target URL. The URLLC Server then notifies the Target Local GW, and the Target Local GW sends a Handover Preparation Complete message to the target site. The second handover indication information carried in the handover preparation completion message may be any of the following information or a combination: Target URLLC The IP address of the server, the IP address of the Target Local GW, the HO Support Indication that supports handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
通过该切换准备完成消息，还可以完成从Target Local GW到Target URLLC Server之间的隧道，以及从目标站点到Target Local GW之间的隧道建立过程，该隧道用于传输UE切换过程中准备迁移的URLLC业务，因此，Target Local Server向目标站点发送的Handover Preparation消息中除了携带以上信息之外，还可以携带Target Local GW为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，包括Transport Layer Address和GTP-TEID。Target URLLC Server向Target Local GW发送的消息中除了携带以上信息之外，还可以携带Target URLLC Server为建立隧道所分配的地址信息，包括Transport Layer Address和GRE信息。Through the handover preparation completion message, the tunnel between the Target Local GW and the Target URLLC Server and the tunnel establishment process from the target site to the Target Local GW may be completed, and the tunnel is used to transmit the UE to be migrated during the handover process. The URLLC service, therefore, the Handover Preparation message sent by the Target Local Server to the target station may carry the address information allocated by the Target Local GW for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GTP-TEID, in addition to the above information. The message sent by the target URLLC server to the Target Local GW may carry the address information allocated by the Target URLLC Server for establishing the tunnel, including the Transport Layer Address and the GRE information, in addition to the above information.
506、所述目标站点发送切换请求回应(Handover Request Ack)消息给所述源站点，所述切换请求回应消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。506. The target station sends a handover request response (Handover Request Ack) message to the source station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information.
507(a)、所述源站点发送切换启动(Handover Start)消息给源本地服务器(Source  Local Server)，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。507 (a), the source station sends a handover start (Handover Start) message to the source local server (Source Local Server), and the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information.
在所述切换启动消息中携带Target URLLC Server的IP地址和Target Local GW的IP地址以及协商后使用的URLLC server上下文迁移协议；Source Local Server中是Source Local GW知会Source URLLC Server。The switch initiation message carries the IP address of the Target URLLC Server and the IP address of the Target Local GW and the URLLC server context migration protocol used after the negotiation; in the Source Local Server, the Source Local GW informs the Source URLLC Server.
可选的，507(b)、此时源站点也发送切换开始(Handover Begin)消息给核心网，在所述切换开始消息中携带Target Local GW的IP地址，知会核心网需要进行Local GW上下文的迁移。Optionally, 507(b), at this time, the source station also sends a Handover Begin message to the core network, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the Target Local GW, and the core network needs to perform the Local GW context. Migration.
507(c)、核心网返回切换开始回应(Handover Begin Ack)消息给所述源站点；如果存在此步骤，则此步骤中的Handover Start消息都不携带Target Local GW的IP地址。507 (c), the core network returns a Handover Begin Ack message to the source station; if there is this step, the Handover Start message in this step does not carry the IP address of the Target Local GW.
508、所述源站点发送切换指令(Handover Command)给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE切换到所述目标站点。508. The source station sends a handover command (Handover Command) to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to indicate that the UE switches to the target station.
509(a)、所述源本地服务器(Source Local Server)发起到目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)的所述UE相关的上下文迁移流程。509 (a), the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target local server.
具体的，所述源本地服务器(Source Local Server)中的源URLLC业务服务器(Source URLLC Server)发起到目标URLLC业务服务器(Target URLLC Server)的所述UE相关的上下文迁移流程。Specifically, the source URLLC server in the source local server initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target URLLC service server (Target URLLC Server).
可选的，源本地网关(Source Local GW)发起到目标本地网关(Target Local GW)的所述UE相关的上下文迁移流程。Optionally, the source local gateway (Source Local GW) initiates the UE-related context migration process to the target local gateway (Target Local GW).
此时，509(b)、所述UE在收到Handover Command命令后，发起到目标站点的接入。此处的目标站点包括但不限于：Target NR gNB、Target eLTE eNodeB、Target LTE eNodeB。At this time, 509 (b), the UE initiates access to the target site after receiving the Handover Command command. The target sites here include but are not limited to: Target NR gNB, Target eLTE eNodeB, Target LTE eNodeB.
510(a)、在所述源本地服务器(Source Local Server)完成上下文迁移后，所述源本地服务器发送切换启动回应(Handover Start Ack)消息给所述源站点。510 (a), after the source local server completes the context migration, the source local server sends a Handover Start Ack message to the source site.
该切换启动回应消息指示成功完成了上下文迁移；这个指示可以是消息，或消息中携带的一个参数。The handover initiation response message indicates that the context migration has been successfully completed; this indication may be a message, or a parameter carried in the message.
510(b)、在目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)完成上下文迁移后，所述目标本地服务器发送切换完成(Handover Complete)消息给目标站点。510 (b), after the target local server completes the context migration, the target local server sends a Handover Complete message to the target site.
该切换完成消息指示上下文迁移成功完成。The handover complete message indicates that the context migration was successfully completed.
511、所述目标站点返回切换完成回应(Handover Complete Ack)消息给所述目标本地服务器(Target Local Server)。511. The target station returns a Handover Complete Ack message to the target local server.
该过程中，Local GW可以具备控制面功能，因此，站点可以直接与Local Server进行信息的交互，以便建立两者之间的数据传输通道。In this process, the Local GW can have the control plane function. Therefore, the site can directly interact with the Local Server to establish a data transmission channel between the two.
除此之外，Local GW还可以不具备控制面功能，则站点和Local Server之间的信息交互需要通过CU和CN的转发来实现。这里就不再累赘。In addition, the Local GW may not have the control plane function, and the information interaction between the site and the Local Server needs to be implemented by forwarding the CU and the CN. It is no longer cumbersome here.
对于步骤410或步骤509中，源本地网关(Source Local GW)发起到目标本地网关(Target Local GW)的所述UE相关的上下文迁移流程具体可参考如下。For the UE-related context migration process initiated by the source local GW to the target local GW in step 410 or step 509, reference may be made to the following.
以部署方式1为例，与所述UE相关的Local GW上下文迁移流程如图6所示。部署方式2可参考部署方式1的Local GW上下文迁移流程，此处不再赘述。Taking the deployment mode 1 as an example, the Local GW context migration process related to the UE is as shown in FIG. 6. For the deployment mode 2, refer to the Local GW context migration process in deployment mode 1. The details are not mentioned here.
601、源本地网关(Source Local GW)发起到目标本地网关(Target Local GW)的上下文迁移流程。601. The source local GW initiates a context migration process to the target local gateway (Target Local GW).
602、核心网CN的控制面实体发送切换开始(Handover Begin)消息给源本地网关(Source Local GW)。该切换开始消息用于指示Source Local GW进行所述UE相关上下文的迁移。602. The control plane entity of the core network CN sends a Handover Begin message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW). The handover start message is used to instruct the Source Local GW to perform migration of the UE related context.
603、源DU发送切换启动(Handover Start)消息给所述源本地网关(Source Local GW)。具体流程参考图4所示实施例中的步骤408(a)；在收到该切换启动消息后，源本地网关(Source Local GW)确定进行上下文的迁移。603. The source DU sends a Handover Start message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW). The specific procedure refers to step 408 (a) in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway (Source Local GW) determines to perform context migration.
604、所述源本地网关(Source Local GW)发送切换开始回应(Handover Begin Ack)消息给所述CN。在该切换开始回应消息中携带要迁移的此UE相关的上下文信息；该上下文信息包括且不限于：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力等信息。604. The source local gateway (Source Local GW) sends a Handover Begin Ack message to the CN. The handover start response message carries the UE-related context information to be migrated; the context information includes, but is not limited to, user identifier, user IP address, user status, terminal type, terminal capability, and the like.
605、所述CN发送切换需求(Handover Need)消息给目标本地网关(Target Local GW)。在该切换需求消息中携带要迁移的上下文信息。605. The CN sends a Handover Need message to a target local GW. The context information to be migrated is carried in the handover requirement message.
606、目标本地网关(Target Local GW)基于收到的上下文信息，建立与所述UE相关的上下文信息。该上下文信息包括IP地址等。606. The target local gateway (Target Local GW) establishes context information related to the UE based on the received context information. The context information includes an IP address and the like.
607、目标本地网关(Target Local GW)回复切换需求回应(Handover Need Ack)消息给所述CN。607. The target local gateway (Target Local GW) returns a Handover Need Ack message to the CN.
608、完成剩余的切换流程，具体参考图4实施例的步骤410(a)～412或图5实施例的步骤509(a)～511。608. Complete the remaining handover procedure. For details, refer to steps 410(a) to 412 of the embodiment of FIG. 4 or steps 509(a) to 511 of the embodiment of FIG. 5.
以部署方式1为例，与所述UE相关的Local GW上下文迁移流程如图7所示。Taking the deployment mode 1 as an example, the Local GW context migration process related to the UE is as shown in FIG. 7.
701、源本地网关发起到目标本地网关的上下文迁移流程。701. The source local gateway initiates a context migration process to the target local gateway.
702、源DU发送切换启动(Handover Start)消息给源本地网关(Source Local GW)。具体流程参考图4所示实施例中的步骤408；在收到该切换启动消息后，源本地网关(Source Local GW)确定进行上下文的迁移。702. The source DU sends a Handover Start message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW). The specific procedure refers to step 408 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4; after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway (Source Local GW) determines to perform context migration.
703、所述源本地网关(Source Local GW)发送上下文迁移请求(Context Transfer Request)消息给目标本地网关(Target Local GW)。在该上下文迁移请求消息中携带要迁移的此UE相关的上下文；上下文包括且不限于：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力等信息。703. The source local gateway (Source Local GW) sends a context transfer request (Context Transfer Request) message to a target local gateway (Target Local GW). The context-related request message carries the UE-related context to be migrated; the context includes, but is not limited to, user identifier, user IP address, user status, terminal type, terminal capability, and the like.
704、目标本地网关(Target Local GW)基于收到的上下文信息，建立与所述UE相关的上下文信息。该上下文信息包括IP地址等。704. The target local gateway (Target Local GW) establishes context information related to the UE based on the received context information. The context information includes an IP address and the like.
705、目标本地网关(Target Local GW)回复上下文迁移请求回应(Context Transfer Response)消息给所述源本地网关(Source Local GW)。705. The target local gateway (Target Local GW) replies with a context transfer request (Context Transfer Response) message to the source local gateway (Source Local GW).
706、完成剩余的切换流程，具体参考图4实施例的步骤410(a)～412或图5实施例的步骤509(a)～511。706. Complete the remaining handover procedure. For details, refer to steps 410(a) to 412 of the embodiment of FIG. 4 or steps 509(a) to 511 of the embodiment of FIG. 5.
以部署方式1为例，应用层上下文迁移流程(跨层交互流程)如图8所示。Take deployment mode 1 as an example. The application layer context migration process (cross-layer interaction process) is shown in Figure 8.
801、发起应用层上下文迁移流程。801. Initiate an application layer context migration process.
802、源DU发送切换启动(Handover Start)消息给源Local GW，具体流程参考图4所示实施例中的步骤408；在收到该切换启动消息后，所述源Local GW确定进行上下文的迁移。802. The source DU sends a Handover Start message to the source Local GW. The specific process refers to step 408 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4. After receiving the handover initiation message, the source Local GW determines to perform context migration. .
803、所述源Local GW发送上下文传输启动(Context Transfer Start)消息(跨层消息)给源URLLC Server。在该上下文传输启动消息中携带目标URLLC Server的IP地址。803. The source Local GW sends a Context Transfer Start message (a cross-layer message) to the source URLLC Server. The IP address of the target URLLC Server is carried in the context transfer initiation message.
804(a)、所述源URLLC Server发送上下文传输数据(Context Transfer Data)消息给所述目标URLLC Server。通过该上下文传输数据消息将上下文携带给所述目标URLLC Server。804 (a), the source URLLC Server sends a context transfer data (Context Transfer Data) message to the target URLLC Server. The context is transmitted to the target URLLC Server by transmitting the data message through the context.
804(b)、完成上下文建立后，所述目标URLLC Server回复上下文传输数据回应(Context Transfer Data Reply)消息给所述源URLLC Server。这个交互可以基于多种应用层协议，如：CXTP，SockMi，MTCP等。804 (b) After the completion context is established, the target URLLC Server returns a context transfer data reply (Context Transfer Data Reply) message to the source URLLC Server. This interaction can be based on multiple application layer protocols such as CXTP, SockMi, MTCP, etc.
805、完成上下文迁移后，所述源URLLC Server发送上下文传输启动回应(Context Transfer Start Ack)消息给所述源Local GW，通知应用层上下文传输完成；此通知可以是消息，也可以是消息中的参数指示。805. After the context migration is completed, the source URLLC Server sends a Context Transfer Start Ack message to the source Local GW to notify the application layer that the context transmission is complete. The notification may be a message or a message. Parameter indication.
806、所述源Local GW回复切换启动回应(Handover Start Ack)消息给所述源DU，具体流程参考图4所示实施例中的步骤411(a)。806. The source Local GW returns a Handover Start Ack message to the source DU. For specific process, refer to step 411(a) in the embodiment shown in FIG.
807、在完成应用层上下文传输后，所述目标URLLC Server也发送上下文传输完成(Context Transfer Complete)消息给所述目标Local GW，通知应用层上下文传输完成。807. After completing the application layer context transmission, the target URLLC Server also sends a Context Transfer Complete message to the target Local GW to notify the application layer that the context transmission is completed.
808(a)、所述目标Local GW发送切换完成(Handover Complete)消息给所述目标DU。808 (a), the target Local GW sends a Handover Complete message to the target DU.
808(b)、所述目标DU回复切换完成回应(Handover Complete Ack)消息给所述目标Local GW，具体流程参考图4所示实施例中的步骤411(b)和步骤412。808 (b), the target DU returns a Handover Complete Ack message to the target Local GW, and the specific procedure refers to step 411 (b) and step 412 in the embodiment shown in FIG.
809、所述目标Local GW回复上下文传输完成回应(Context Transfer Complete Ack)消息给所述目标URLLC Server。809. The target Local GW returns a Context Transfer Complete Ack message to the target URLLC Server.
810、完成剩余的切换流程，具体参考图4实施例的步骤410(a)～412或图5实施例的步骤509(a)～511。810. Complete the remaining handover procedure. For details, refer to steps 410(a) to 412 of the embodiment of FIG. 4 or steps 509(a) to 511 of the embodiment of FIG. 5.
图9所示为本申请提供的一种接入网设备，可包括输入设备901、输出设备902、处理器903和存储器904。本申请实施例中的输出设备可以是显示设备。FIG. 9 shows an access network device provided by the present application, which may include an input device 901, an output device 902, a processor 903, and a memory 904. The output device in the embodiment of the present application may be a display device.
存储器904可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器903提供指令和数据。存储器904的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器(Non-Volatile Random Access Memory，NVRAM)。Memory 904 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 903. A portion of the memory 904 may also include a Non-Volatile Random Access Memory (NVRAM).
存储器904存储了如下的元素，可执行模块或者数据结构，或者它们的子集，或者它们的扩展集:The memory 904 stores the following elements, executable modules or data structures, or a subset thereof, or an extended set thereof:
操作指令：包括各种操作指令，用于实现各种操作。Operation instructions: include various operation instructions for implementing various operations.
操作***：包括各种***程序，用于实现各种基础业务以及处理基于硬件的任务。Operating system: Includes a variety of system programs for implementing various basic services and handling hardware-based tasks.
本申请实施例中处理器903用于：The processor 903 is used in the embodiment of the present application to:
控制输入设备901接收集中控制单元CU发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携 带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The control input device 901 receives the handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate that the target DU performs the near end The switching of the deployed URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
控制输出设备902发送切换请求回应消息给所述CU，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述CU指示UE发起到所述目标DU的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The control output device 902 sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information. The second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
处理器903还可以称为中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)。存储器904可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器903提供指令和数据。存储器904的一部分还可以包括NVRAM。具体的应用中，接入网设备的各个组件通过总线***905耦合在一起，其中总线***905除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图中将各种总线都标为总线***905。The processor 903 may also be referred to as a Central Processing Unit (CPU). Memory 904 can include read only memory and random access memory and provides instructions and data to processor 903. A portion of the memory 904 may also include an NVRAM. In a specific application, the components of the access network device are coupled together by a bus system 905. The bus system 905 may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus. However, for clarity of description, various buses are labeled as bus system 905 in the figure.
上述本申请实施例揭示的方法可以应用于处理器903中，或者由处理器903实现。处理器903可能是一种集成电路芯片，具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器903中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器903可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing，DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field－Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成，或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器904，处理器903读取存储器904中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The method disclosed in the foregoing embodiment of the present application may be applied to the processor 903 or implemented by the processor 903. Processor 903 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 903 or an instruction in a form of software. The processor 903 may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processing (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or Other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by the hardware decoding processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like. The storage medium is located in memory 904, and processor 903 reads the information in memory 904 and, in conjunction with its hardware, performs the steps of the above method.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理器903控制输入设备901接收CU发送的切换请求消息后，该处理器903还用于：In a possible implementation, after the processor 903 controls the input device 901 to receive the handover request message sent by the CU, the processor 903 is further configured to:
控制输出设备902发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息；The control output device 902 sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
控制输入设备901接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，所述切换准备完成消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The control input device 901 receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理器903控制输出设备902发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器,包括：In a possible implementation manner, the processor 903 controls the output device 902 to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, including:
该处理器903控制输出设备902发送所述切换准备消息给所述目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标DU为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processor 903 controls the output device 902 to send the handover preparation message to the target local gateway in the target local server, and the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish from the target local gateway to the target DU. The address information assigned between the tunnels.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述CU指示UE切换到所述目标DU后，所述处理器901 还用于：In a possible implementation, after the CU instructs the UE to switch to the target DU, the processor 901 is further configured to:
控制输入设备901接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The control input device 901 receives a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
控制输出设备902返回切换完成回应消息给所述目标本地服务器。 Control output device 902 returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
本申请还提供了一种接入网设备，该接入网设备的结构参考图9，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The application also provides an access network device. The structure of the access network device refers to FIG. 9 , which is different from FIG. 9 in that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
获取测量报告；Obtain a measurement report;
根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标分布式控制单元DU；Determining, according to the measurement report, a target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switch;
控制输出设备发送切换请求消息给所述目标DU，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；And the control output device sends a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target DU performs near-end deployment The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
控制输入设备接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The control input device receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
控制输出设备发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标DU的接入。The control output device sends a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理器获取测量报告包括：In a possible implementation manner, the processor acquiring the measurement report includes:
控制输入设备接收UE发送的测量报告；The control input device receives the measurement report sent by the UE;
或者，控制输入设备接收UE所属的DU对所述UE发送的上行信号进行测量后生成的测量报告。Alternatively, the control input device receives a measurement report generated by the DU to which the UE belongs to measure the uplink signal sent by the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理器控制输入设备接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息后，该处理器还用于：In a possible implementation, after the processor controls the input device to receive the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换启动消息给源DU，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息；The control output device sends a handover initiation message to the source DU, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
控制输入设备接收所述源DU发送的切换启动回应消息。The control input device receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source DU.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该处理器控制输出设备发送切换启动消息给源DU后，该处理器还用于：In a possible implementation manner, after the processor controls the output device to send a handover initiation message to the source DU, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，所述切换开始消息中携带所述目标本地网关的IP地址；The control output device sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
控制输入设备接收所述CN返回的切换开始回应消息。The control input device receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
本申请还提供了一种服务器，该服务器的结构参考图9，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The present application also provides a server whose structure is referred to FIG. 9. The difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
控制输入设备接收目标分布式控制单元DU发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率 要求；The control input device receives the handover preparation message sent by the target distributed control unit DU, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate that the target DU is near The switching of the URLLC service deployed by the endpoint, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
控制输出设备发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标DU，以使所述目标DU发送切换请求回应消息给所述CU，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述CU指示UE发起到所述目标DU的接入；所述切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The control output device sends a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, so that the target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate the target DU. Accessing: the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, and an indication to support handover , negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，该处理器控制输入设备接收目标DU发送的切换准备消息包括：In a possible implementation, the server includes a target local gateway and a target URL LC service server, and the processor controls the input device to receive the handover preparation message sent by the target DU, including:
控制输入设备接收所述目标DU发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标DU为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息；Receiving, by the control input device, a handover preparation message sent by the target DU, where the handover preparation message further carries the address information allocated by the target DU to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target DU;
控制输出设备向所述目标URLLC业务服务器发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息携带所述第一切换指示信息以及所述目标本地网关为建立从所述目标URLLC业务服务器到所述目标本地网关之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The control output device sends a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target URLLC service server to the target local Address information assigned by the tunnel between gateways.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，所述处理器控制输出设备发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标DU包括：In a possible implementation, the server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, and the processor controlling the output device to send a handover preparation complete message to the target DU includes:
所述处理器根据所述第一切换指示信息确定源URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the processor, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server according to the first handover indication information;
所述处理器根据所述目标URLLC业务服务器所支持的上下文迁移协议确定所述UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the processor, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobile process according to a context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server;
所述处理器向所述目标本地网关发送第二通知消息，并通过所述目标本地网关向所述目标DU发送所述切换准备完成消息，所述第二通知消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The processor sends a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target DU by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the second handover indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输出设备发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标DU后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation, after the processor controls the output device to send a handover preparation completion message to the target DU, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换完成消息给所述目标DU，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The control output device sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
控制输入设备接收所述目标DU返回的切换完成回应消息。The control input device receives a handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
本申请还提供了一种网关设备，该网关设备的结构参考图9，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The present application further provides a gateway device. The structure of the gateway device is different from that of FIG. 9 in reference to FIG. 9. The processor in this embodiment is used to:
控制输入设备接收核心网CN发送的切换开始消息；所述切换开始消息用于指示所述源本地网关进行UE相关的上下文迁移；The control input device receives a handover start message sent by the core network CN, where the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
控制输出设备发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN，所述切换开始回应消息用于指示所述CN向目标本地网关发送切换需求消息；所述切换需求消息中携带有要迁移的所述UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息。And the control output device sends a handover start response message to the CN, where the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to the target local gateway, where the handover requirement message carries the UE related to the UE to be migrated. Context information, the UE related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输出设备发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN前，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation manner, the processor controls the output device to send a handover start response message to the CN, where the processor is further configured to:
控制输入设备接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述处理器确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目 标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和/或目标本地网关的IP地址。The control input device receives a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the processor determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target The IP address of the URLLC service server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE相关的上下文信息包括如下至少一种：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力。In a possible implementation manner, the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
本申请还提供了一种网关设备，该网关设备的结构参考图9，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The present application further provides a gateway device. The structure of the gateway device is different from that of FIG. 9 in reference to FIG. 9. The processor in this embodiment is used to:
控制输出设备发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关；所述上下文迁移请求消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息；The control output device sends a context migration request message to the target local gateway; the context migration request message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the UE related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes the UE Related information;
控制输入设备接收所述目标本地网关返回的上下文迁移请求回应消息。The control input device receives a context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输出设备发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关前，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation manner, before the processor controls the output device to send a context migration request message to the target local gateway, the processor is further configured to:
控制输入设备接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述处理器确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址。The control input device receives a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the processor determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target The IP address of the URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE相关的上下文信息包括如下至少一种：用户标识，用户IP地址，用户状态，终端类型，终端能力。In a possible implementation manner, the UE related context information includes at least one of the following: a user identifier, a user IP address, a user state, a terminal type, and a terminal capability.
本申请还提供了一种服务器，该服务器的结构参考图9，所述服务器包括本地网关和URLLC业务服务器，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The application also provides a server. The structure of the server is as shown in FIG. 9. The server includes a local gateway and a URLLC service server. The difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
控制输入设备接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息，所述上下文传输启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址；The control input device receives a context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries an IP address of the target URLLC service server;
控制输出设备发送上下文传输数据消息给所述目标URLLC业务服务器，所述上下文传输数据消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标URLLC业务服务器完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移；The control output device sends a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate the target URLLC service server. Completing the UE related context migration;
在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，控制输出设备发送上下文传输启动回应消息给所述源本地网关，所述上下文传输启动回应消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成。After completing the UE-related context migration, the control output device sends a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, and the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输入设备接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息前，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation manner, before the processor controls the input device to receive the context transmission start message sent by the source local gateway, the processor is further configured to:
控制输入设备接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述处理器确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址；The control input device receives a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the processor determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target The IP address of the URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，所述处理器还用于：After completing the UE-related context migration, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换启动回应消息给所述源DU，所述切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。The control output device sends a handover initiation response message to the source DU, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述应用层上下文传输完成后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation manner, after the application layer context transmission is completed, the processor is further configured to:
控制输入设备接收所述目标URLLC业务服务器发送的上下文传输完成消息，所述上下文传输完成消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成；Receiving, by the control input device, a context transmission completion message sent by the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission completion message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed;
控制输出设备发送上下文传输完成回应消息给所述目标URLLC业务服务器。The control output device sends a context transfer completion response message to the target URLLC service server.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述应用层上下文传输完成后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation manner, after the application layer context transmission is completed, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换完成消息给目标DU，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The control output device sends a handover complete message to the target DU, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
控制输入设备接收所述目标DU返回的切换完成回应消息。The control input device receives a handover complete response message returned by the target DU.
本申请还提供了一种基站，该基站的结构参考图9，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The present application further provides a base station whose structure is referred to FIG. 9. The difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
控制输入设备接收源站点发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The control input device receives the handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a URLLC for indicating the near-end deployment of the target site The service switching, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
控制输出设备发送切换请求回应消息给所述源站点，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述源站点指示UE发起到所述目标站点的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The control output device sends a handover request response message to the source station, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target site; the handover request response message carries a second handover indication The second handover indication information of the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a URLLC server context migration after negotiation protocol.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输入设备接收源站点发送的切换请求消息后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation, after the processor controls the input device to receive the handover request message sent by the source station, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息；The control output device sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
控制输入设备接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，所述切换准备完成消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The control input device receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输出设备发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器包括：In a possible implementation manner, the processor controlling the output device to send the handover preparation message to the target local server includes:
所述处理器控制输出设备发送所述切换准备消息给所述目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标站点为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标站点之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processor controls the output device to send the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target site to establish a destination from the target local gateway to the target site. Address information assigned by the tunnel.
在一种可能的实现方式中，在所述源站点指示UE切换到所述目标站点后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation, after the source station instructs the UE to switch to the target site, the processor is further configured to:
控制输入设备接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The control input device receives a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
控制输出设备返回切换完成回应消息给所述目标本地服务器。The control output device returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
本申请还提供了一种基站，该基站的结构参考图9，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The present application further provides a base station whose structure is referred to FIG. 9. The difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
控制输入设备接收UE发送的测量报告；The control input device receives the measurement report sent by the UE;
根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标站点；Determining, according to the measurement report, a target site selected by initiating a URLLC service switch;
控制输出设备发送切换请求消息给所述目标站点，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The control output device sends a handover request message to the target site, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs near-end deployment The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
控制输入设备接收所述目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The control input device receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
控制输出设备发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标站点的接入。The control output device sends a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target site.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输入设备接收所述目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation, after the processor controls the input device to receive the handover request response message sent by the target station, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换启动消息给源本地服务器，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息；The control output device sends a handover initiation message to the source local server, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
控制输入设备接收所述源本地服务器发送的切换启动回应消息，所述切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。The control input device receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source local server, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输出设备发送切换启动消息给源本地服务器后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation, after the processor controls the output device to send a handover initiation message to the source local server, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，所述切换开始消息中携带所述目标本地网关的IP地址；The control output device sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
控制输入设备接收所述CN返回的切换开始回应消息。The control input device receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
本申请还提供了一种服务器，该服务器的结构参考图9，与图9不同之处在于，该实施例中的处理器用于：The present application also provides a server whose structure is referred to FIG. 9. The difference from FIG. 9 is that the processor in this embodiment is used to:
控制输入设备接收目标站点发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The control input device receives the handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a URLLC for indicating the near-end deployment of the target site The service switching, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
控制输出设备发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标站点，所述切换准备完成消息用于指示所述目标站点发送切换请求回应消息给所述源站点，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述源站点指示UE发起到所述目标站点的接入；所述切换准备完成消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The control output device sends a handover preparation completion message to the target site, where the handover preparation completion message is used to instruct the target station to send a handover request response message to the source site, where the handover request response message is used by the source site Instructing the UE to initiate the access to the target station; the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the target local The IP address of the gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述目标本地服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，所述处理器控制输入设备接收目标站点发送的切换准备消息包括：In a possible implementation, the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, and the processor controls the input device to receive the handover preparation message sent by the target station, including:
所述处理器控制输入设备接收所述目标站点发送的切换准备消息，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标站点为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标站点之间的隧道所分配的地址信息；The processor control input device receives a handover preparation message sent by the target station, where the handover preparation message further carries an address allocated by the target station to establish a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target site information;
所述处理器控制输出设备向所述目标URLLC业务服务器发送第一通知消息，所述第一通知消息携带所述第一切换指示信息以及所述目标本地网关为建立从所述目标URLLC业务服务器到所述目标本地网关之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processor controls the output device to send a first notification message to the target URLLC service server, where the first notification message carries the first handover indication information and the target local gateway is established from the target URLLC service server Address information assigned by the tunnel between the target local gateways.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述目标本地服务器包括目标本地网关和目标URLLC业务服务器，所述处理器控制输出设备发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标站点包括：In a possible implementation, the target local server includes a target local gateway and a target URLLC service server, and the processor controlling the output device to send a handover preparation completion message to the target site includes:
所述处理器根据所述第一切换指示信息确定源URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the processor, a context migration protocol supported by the source URLLC service server according to the first handover indication information;
所述处理器根据所述目标URLLC业务服务器所支持的上下文迁移协议确定所述UE移动过程中使用的上下文迁移协议；Determining, by the processor, a context migration protocol used in the UE mobile process according to a context migration protocol supported by the target URLLC service server;
所述处理器控制输出设备向所述目标本地网关发送第二通知消息，并通过所述目标本地网关向所述目标站点发送所述切换准备完成消息，所述第二通知消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The processor controls the output device to send a second notification message to the target local gateway, and sends the handover preparation completion message to the target station by using the target local gateway, where the second notification message carries the Second, the indication information is switched.
在一种可能的实现方式中，所述处理器控制输出设备发送切换准备完成消息给所述目标站点后，所述处理器还用于：In a possible implementation manner, after the processor controls the output device to send a handover preparation completion message to the target site, the processor is further configured to:
控制输出设备发送切换完成消息给所述目标站点，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The control output device sends a handover complete message to the target site, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
控制输入设备接收所述目标站点返回的切换完成回应消息。The control input device receives a handover complete response message returned by the target site.
本申请还提供了一种业务切换装置，该业务切换装置的结构参考图10，图10中的业务切换装置包括收发单元1001和处理单元1002。其中，收发单元1001的功能可由图9提供的所有实施例中的输入设备和输出设备结合实现，处理单元1002的功能可由图9提供的所有实施例中的处理器实现，此处不再赘述。The present application further provides a service switching apparatus. The structure of the service switching apparatus is as shown in FIG. 10. The service switching apparatus in FIG. 10 includes a transceiver unit 1001 and a processing unit 1002. The function of the transceiver unit 1001 can be implemented by combining the input device and the output device in all the embodiments provided in FIG. 9. The function of the processing unit 1002 can be implemented by the processor in all the embodiments provided in FIG. 9, and details are not described herein again.
上述装置的相关描述可以对应参阅方法实施例部分的相关描述和效果进行理解，本处不做过多赘述。The related descriptions of the above-mentioned devices can be understood by referring to the related descriptions and effects of the method embodiments, and no further description is made herein.
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)).
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的***，装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的***，装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个***，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外，在本申请实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in the embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, in essence or the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .
以上所述，以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。The above embodiments are only used to explain the technical solutions of the present application, and are not limited thereto; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art should understand that they can still The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or the equivalents of the technical features are replaced by the equivalents. The modifications and substitutions of the embodiments do not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种业务的切换方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for switching a service, comprising:
    目标分布式控制单元DU接收集中控制单元CU发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The target distributed control unit DU receives the handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate the target DU The switching of the URLLC service of the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
    所述目标DU发送切换请求回应消息给所述CU，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述CU指示UE发起到所述目标DU的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The target DU sends a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information. The second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标DU接收CU发送的切换请求消息后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 1, wherein after the target DU receives the handover request message sent by the CU, the method further includes:
    所述目标DU发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息；The target DU sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
    所述目标DU接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，所述切换准备完成消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The target DU receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述目标DU发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器,包括：The method according to claim 2, wherein the target DU sends a handover preparation message to the target local server, including:
    所述目标DU发送所述切换准备消息给所述目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标DU为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。Sending, by the target DU, the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU as establishing a tunnel from the target local gateway to the target DU The assigned address information.
  4. 根据权利要求1至3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述CU指示UE切换到所述目标DU后，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein after the CU instructs the UE to switch to the target DU, the method further includes:
    所述目标DU接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；The target DU receives a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
    所述目标DU返回切换完成回应消息给所述目标本地服务器。The target DU returns a handover complete response message to the target local server.
  5. 一种业务的切换方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for switching a service, comprising:
    集中控制单元CU获取测量报告；The centralized control unit CU obtains a measurement report;
    所述CU根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标分布式控制单元DU；Determining, by the CU, the target distributed control unit DU selected by the URLLC service switching according to the measurement report;
    所述CU发送切换请求消息给所述目标DU，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The CU sends a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one type of information: used to indicate that the target DU performs near-end deployment. The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
    所述CU接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；Receiving, by the CU, a handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, and URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
    所述CU发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标DU的接入。And the CU sends a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CU接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 5, wherein after the CU receives the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the method further includes:
    所述CU发送切换启动消息给源DU，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息；The CU sends a handover initiation message to the source DU, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
    所述CU接收所述源DU发送的切换启动回应消息。The CU receives a handover initiation response message sent by the source DU.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法，其特征在于，所述CU发送切换启动消息给源DU后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 6, wherein after the CU sends a handover initiation message to the source DU, the method further includes:
    所述CU发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，所述切换开始消息中携带所述目标本地网关的IP地址；The CU sends a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries the IP address of the target local gateway;
    所述CU接收所述CN返回的切换开始回应消息。The CU receives a handover start response message returned by the CN.
  8. 一种基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法，其特征在于，包括：A context switching method based on service switching, which is characterized by comprising:
    源本地网关接收核心网CN发送的切换开始消息；所述切换开始消息用于指示所述源本地网关进行UE相关的上下文迁移；The source local gateway receives a handover start message sent by the core network CN, where the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
    所述源本地网关发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN，所述切换开始回应消息用于指示所述CN向目标本地网关发送切换需求消息；所述切换需求消息中携带有要迁移的所述UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息。The source local gateway sends a handover start response message to the CN, where the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to the target local gateway; the handover requirement message carries the UE to be migrated Relevant context information, the UE related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述源本地网关发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 8, wherein the source local gateway sends a handover start response message to the CN, the method further includes:
    所述源本地网关接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述源本地网关确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和/或目标本地网关的IP地址。Receiving, by the source local gateway, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; The IP address of the target URLLC service server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
  10. 一种基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法，其特征在于，包括：A context switching method based on service switching, which is characterized by comprising:
    源本地网关发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关；所述上下文迁移请求消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息；The source local gateway sends a context migration request message to the target local gateway; the context migration request message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the UE related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes the UE Related information;
    所述源本地网关接收所述目标本地网关返回的上下文迁移请求回应消息。The source local gateway receives a context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述源本地网关发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 10, wherein before the source local gateway sends a context migration request message to the target local gateway, the method further includes:
    所述源本地网关接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述源本地网关确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址。Receiving, by the source local gateway, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; The IP address of the target URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
  12. 一种基于业务切换的上下文迁移方法，应用于本地服务器，其特征在于，所述本地服务器包括本地网关和URLLC业务服务器，所述方法包括：A service switching-based context migration method is applied to a local server, where the local server includes a local gateway and a URLLC service server, and the method includes:
    源URLLC业务服务器接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息，所述上下文传输启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址；The source URLLC service server receives the context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries the IP address of the target URLLC service server;
    所述源URLLC业务服务器发送上下文传输数据消息给所述目标URLLC业务服务器，所 述上下文传输数据消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标URLLC业务服务器完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移；The source URLLC service server sends a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate the target. The URLLC service server completes the UE related context migration;
    在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，所述源URLLC业务服务器发送上下文传输启动回应消息给所述源本地网关，所述上下文传输启动回应消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成。After completing the UE-related context migration, the source URLLC service server sends a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, and the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，所述源URLLC业务服务器接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 12, wherein before the source URLLC service server receives the context transfer initiation message sent by the source local gateway, the method further includes:
    所述源本地网关接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述源本地网关确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址；Receiving, by the source local gateway, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform context-related migration of the UE; Carrying the IP address of the target URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
    在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，所述方法还包括：After the UE related context migration is completed, the method further includes:
    所述源本地网关发送切换启动回应消息给所述源DU，所述切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。The source local gateway sends a handover initiation response message to the source DU, and the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  14. 一种业务的切换方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for switching a service, comprising:
    目标站点接收源站点发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The target station receives the handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: a URLLC service for indicating the near-end deployment of the target site The handover, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
    所述目标站点发送切换请求回应消息给所述源站点，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述源站点指示UE发起到所述目标站点的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The target station sends a handover request response message to the source station, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to indicate that the UE initiates access to the target station; and the handover request response message carries the second handover. The second handover indication information of the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a URLLC server context after negotiation Migration agreement.
  15. 一种业务的切换方法，其特征在于，包括：A method for switching a service, comprising:
    源站点接收UE发送的测量报告；The source station receives the measurement report sent by the UE;
    所述源站点根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标站点；Determining, by the source station, the target site selected by the originating URLLC service switching according to the measurement report;
    所述源站点发送切换请求消息给所述目标站点，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The source station sends a handover request message to the target site, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: used to indicate that the target site performs near-end deployment The switching of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss rate requirement for indicating the URLLC service;
    所述源站点接收所述目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The source station receives the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information; the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: the IP address of the target URLLC service server Address, IP address of the target local gateway, indication of support for handover, URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
    所述源站点发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标站点的接入。The source station sends a handover command to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target site.
  16. 一种接入网设备，其特征在于，包括收发单元和处理单元；An access network device, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述处理单元，用于控制所述收发单元接收集中控制单元CU发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息： 用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by the centralized control unit CU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: The switching of the URLLC service for indicating the target DU to perform the near-end deployment, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the URLLC service corresponding to the URLLC service Packet loss rate requirement;
    所述处理单元，用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求回应消息给所述CU，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述CU指示UE发起到所述目标DU的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover request response message to the CU, where the handover request response message is used by the CU to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU; The message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, an indication to support handover, and a URLLC server context migration after the negotiation. protocol.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收CU发送的切换请求消息后，所述处理单元还用于：The access network device according to claim 16, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: after the processing unit is configured to receive the handover request message sent by the CU, the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述收发单元发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器，所述切换准备消息中携带所述第一切换指示信息；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, where the handover preparation message carries the first handover indication information;
    控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换准备完成消息，所述切换准备完成消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息。The receiving and receiving unit receives the handover preparation completion message sent by the target local server, where the handover preparation completion message carries the second handover indication information.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换准备消息给目标本地服务器,包括：The access network device according to claim 17, wherein the processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover preparation message to the target local server, including:
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送所述切换准备消息给所述目标本地服务器中的目标本地网关，所述切换准备消息还携带所述目标DU为建立从所述目标本地网关到所述目标DU之间的隧道所分配的地址信息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send the handover preparation message to a target local gateway in the target local server, where the handover preparation message further carries the target DU to establish from the target local gateway to the The address information assigned by the tunnel between the target DUs.
  19. 根据权利要求16至18任一项所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，在所述CU指示UE切换到所述目标DU后，所述处理单元还用于：The access network device according to any one of claims 16 to 18, wherein after the CU instructs the UE to switch to the target DU, the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地服务器发送的切换完成消息，所述切换完成消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移；Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover complete message sent by the target local server, where the handover complete message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed;
    控制所述收发单元返回切换完成回应消息给所述目标本地服务器。Controlling the transceiver unit to return a handover completion response message to the target local server.
  20. 一种接入网设备，其特征在于，包括收发单元和处理单元；An access network device, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述处理单元用于获取测量报告；根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标分布式控制单元DU；The processing unit is configured to acquire a measurement report, and determine, according to the measurement report, a target distributed control unit DU selected to initiate a URLLC service switching;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求消息给所述目标DU，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标DU进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源DU近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover request message to the target DU, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: Indicates the switching of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment of the target DU, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the deployment of the source DU, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Package rate requirement;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request response message sent by the target DU, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标DU的接入。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target DU.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标DU发送的切换请求回应消息后，所述处理单元还用于：The access network device according to claim 20, wherein after the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request response message sent by the target DU, the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述收发单元发送切换启动消息给源DU，所述切换启动消息中携带所述第二切换指示信息；Controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover initiation message to the source DU, where the handover initiation message carries the second handover indication information;
    控制所述收发单元接收所述源DU发送的切换启动回应消息。And controlling the transceiver unit to receive a handover initiation response message sent by the source DU.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换启动消息给源DU后，所述处理单元还用于：The access network device according to claim 21, wherein the processing unit is configured to: after the processing unit is configured to send the handover initiation message to the source DU, the processing unit is further configured to:
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换开始消息给核心网CN，所述切换开始消息中携带所述目标本地网关的IP地址；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover start message to the core network CN, where the handover start message carries an IP address of the target local gateway;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述CN返回的切换开始回应消息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover start response message returned by the CN.
  23. 一种网关设备，其特征在于，包括收发单元和处理单元；A gateway device, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收核心网CN发送的切换开始消息；所述切换开始消息用于指示所述源本地网关进行UE相关的上下文迁移；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover start message sent by the core network CN, where the handover start message is used to indicate that the source local gateway performs UE-related context migration;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN，所述切换开始回应消息用于指示所述CN向目标本地网关发送切换需求消息；所述切换需求消息中携带有要迁移的所述UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息。The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover start response message to the CN, where the handover start response message is used to indicate that the CN sends a handover requirement message to a target local gateway; The UE-related context information to be migrated, the UE-related context information is used to indicate that the target local gateway establishes related information of the UE.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的网关设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换开始回应消息给所述CN前，所述处理单元还用于：The gateway device according to claim 23, wherein the processing unit is configured to: before the sending and receiving unit sends a handover start response message to the CN, the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述收发单元接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述源本地网关确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和/或目标本地网关的IP地址。Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the UE-related context migration; in the handover initiation message The IP address of the target URLLC service server and/or the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
  25. 一种网关设备，其特征在于，包括收发单元和处理单元；A gateway device, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关；所述上下文迁移请求消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标本地网关建立所述UE的相关信息；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a context migration request message to the target local gateway; the context migration request message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used to indicate the location Determining, by the target local gateway, related information of the UE;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标本地网关返回的上下文迁移请求回应消息。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a context migration request response message returned by the target local gateway.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的网关设备，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文迁移请求消息给目标本地网关前，所述处理单元还用于：The gateway device according to claim 25, wherein the processing unit is configured to: before the sending and receiving unit sends a context migration request message to the target local gateway, the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述收发单元接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，所述源本地网关确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址。Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, the source local gateway determines to perform the UE-related context migration; in the handover initiation message The IP address of the target URLLC service server and the IP address of the target local gateway are carried.
  27. 一种服务器，其特征在于，包括收发单元和处理单元，所述服务器包括本地网关和URLLC业务服务器；A server, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit, the server comprising a local gateway and a URLLC service server;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息，所述上下文传输启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a context transmission initiation message sent by the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation message carries an IP address of the target URLLC service server;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文传输数据消息给所述目标URLLC业务 服务器，所述上下文传输数据消息中携带有要迁移的UE相关的上下文信息，所述UE相关的上下文信息用于指示所述目标URLLC业务服务器完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a context transmission data message to the target URLLC service server, where the context transmission data message carries context information related to the UE to be migrated, and the context information related to the UE is used by Instructing the target URLLC service server to complete the UE-related context migration;
    在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送上下文传输启动回应消息给所述源本地网关，所述上下文传输启动回应消息用于指示应用层上下文传输完成。After completing the UE-related context migration, the processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a context transmission initiation response message to the source local gateway, where the context transmission initiation response message is used to indicate that the application layer context transmission is completed. .
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的服务器，其特征在于，所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收源本地网关发送的上下文传输启动消息前，所述处理单元还用于：The server according to claim 27, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: before the processing unit is configured to receive the context transmission start message sent by the source local gateway, the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述收发单元接收源分布式控制单元DU发送的切换启动消息，且在接收到所述切换启动消息后，确定进行所述UE相关的上下文迁移；所述切换启动消息中携带有目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址和目标本地网关的IP地址；Controlling, by the transceiver unit, a handover initiation message sent by the source distributed control unit DU, and after receiving the handover initiation message, determining to perform a context migration related to the UE; the handover initiation message carries a target URLLC service The IP address of the server and the IP address of the target local gateway;
    在完成所述UE相关的上下文迁移后，所述处理单元还用于：After the UE-related context migration is completed, the processing unit is further configured to:
    控制所述收发单元发送切换启动回应消息给所述源DU，所述切换启动回应消息用于指示成功完成上下文迁移。And controlling the transceiver unit to send a handover initiation response message to the source DU, where the handover initiation response message is used to indicate that the context migration is successfully completed.
  29. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括收发单元和处理单元；A base station, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收源站点发送的切换请求消息，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a handover request message sent by the source station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information, where the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: The target site performs the near-end deployment of the URLLC service, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service corresponding, and the packet loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Rate requirement
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求回应消息给所述源站点，所述切换请求回应消息用于所述源站点指示UE发起到所述目标站点的接入；所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息，所述第二切换指示信息所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover request response message to the source station, where the handover request response message is used by the source station to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target station; The second handover indication information carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: an IP address of the target URLLC service server, an IP address of the target local gateway, and an indication to support handover. , negotiated URLLC server context migration protocol.
  30. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括收发单元和处理单元；A base station, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收UE发送的测量报告；根据所述测量报告确定发起URLLC业务切换所选择的目标站点；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive a measurement report sent by the UE, and determine, according to the measurement report, a target site selected by initiating a URLLC service switching;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换请求消息给所述目标站点，所述切换请求消息中携带第一切换指示信息；所述第一切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：用于指示目标站点进行近端部署的URLLC业务的切换、用于指示源站点近端部署的URLLC业务服务器支持的上下文迁移协议、用于指示URLLC业务对应的时延要求、用于指示URLLC业务对应的丢包率要求；The processing unit is configured to control the sending and receiving unit to send a handover request message to the target station, where the handover request message carries the first handover indication information; the first handover indication information carries at least one of the following information: Indicates the switching of the URLLC service for the near-end deployment of the target site, the context migration protocol supported by the URLLC service server for indicating the near-end deployment of the source site, the delay requirement for indicating the URLLC service, and the loss corresponding to the URLLC service. Package rate requirement;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元接收所述目标站点发送的切换请求回应消息，所述切换请求回应消息中携带第二切换指示信息；所述第二切换指示信息携带如下至少一种信息：目标URLLC业务服务器的IP地址、目标本地网关的IP地址、支持切换的指示、协商后的URLLC服务器上下文迁移协议；The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to receive the handover request response message sent by the target station, where the handover request response message carries the second handover indication information, where the second handover indication information carries at least one of the following information : the IP address of the target URLLC service server, the IP address of the target local gateway, the indication to support handover, and the URLLC server context migration protocol after negotiation;
    所述处理单元用于控制所述收发单元发送切换指令给所述UE，所述切换指令用于指示所述UE发起到所述目标站点的接入。The processing unit is configured to control the transceiver unit to send a handover instruction to the UE, where the handover instruction is used to instruct the UE to initiate access to the target station.
PCT/CN2018/076448 2017-03-16 2018-02-12 Service switching method, context migration method and related device WO2018166317A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710156975.7 2017-03-16
CN201710156975.7A CN107027153B (en) 2017-03-16 2017-03-16 Service switching method, context migration method and related equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018166317A1 true WO2018166317A1 (en) 2018-09-20

Family

ID=59525398

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/076448 WO2018166317A1 (en) 2017-03-16 2018-02-12 Service switching method, context migration method and related device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN107027153B (en)
WO (1) WO2018166317A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11190955B1 (en) 2020-01-16 2021-11-30 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Configuration of a wireless network centralized unit (CU) and multiple wireless network distributed units (DUs)

Families Citing this family (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107027153B (en) * 2017-03-16 2020-12-08 上海华为技术有限公司 Service switching method, context migration method and related equipment
CN109391963B (en) 2017-08-11 2022-03-11 华为技术有限公司 Transmission method and network equipment
EP4099765A1 (en) 2017-09-28 2022-12-07 ZTE Corporation Method and systems for exchanging messages in a wireless network
CN109600766B (en) * 2017-09-30 2021-08-03 华为技术有限公司 Data processing method and device
CN109756937A (en) * 2017-11-01 2019-05-14 ***通信有限公司研究院 Business continuance support method, functional network element and storage medium
CN109803315B (en) 2017-11-17 2022-08-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and device
CN109905900B (en) * 2017-12-07 2020-09-08 华为技术有限公司 Method for switching central unit and service processing device
US10638374B2 (en) * 2017-12-08 2020-04-28 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for reducing packet retransmission during handover (HO) in low latency mobile communication networks
CN109962822B (en) * 2017-12-26 2021-02-09 华为技术有限公司 Wireless side transmission delay acquisition method and device
CN110139387B (en) * 2018-02-08 2022-02-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Uplink small data transmission method, network side DU and network side CU
CN110167092B (en) * 2018-02-11 2020-09-11 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Service migration method and device
CN110225530B (en) * 2018-03-02 2022-04-01 ***通信有限公司研究院 Wireless data analysis method and device and CUDA entity
EP3785454A4 (en) * 2018-05-05 2021-07-28 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method and device for service processing in handover procedure, terminal and network device
CN110650502B (en) * 2018-06-26 2021-04-09 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Switching method and device
CN110719238B (en) * 2018-07-13 2021-07-09 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission control method and device and access network equipment
CN110913456B (en) * 2018-09-17 2021-02-12 华为技术有限公司 Core network type indication method and communication device
CN111031564B (en) * 2018-10-09 2023-05-09 ***通信有限公司研究院 F1 interface performance monitoring method and device and computer readable storage medium
US20220078674A1 (en) * 2018-10-09 2022-03-10 Lenovo (Beijing) Limited Device information in a context setup request
JPWO2020110825A1 (en) * 2018-11-26 2021-10-14 三菱電機株式会社 Communication system and communication terminal equipment
WO2020191768A1 (en) * 2019-03-28 2020-10-01 Zte Corporation System and method for iab handovers
CN112153098B (en) * 2019-06-28 2023-09-29 华为技术有限公司 Application migration method and device
US11611501B2 (en) * 2019-08-16 2023-03-21 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus, method, and computer program
CN113891407B (en) * 2020-07-03 2022-09-02 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Switching method and equipment
CN115190169A (en) * 2021-04-02 2022-10-14 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and system

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101022652A (en) * 2006-02-15 2007-08-22 华为技术有限公司 Method for switching service, device and system using the same method
CN101568158A (en) * 2008-04-24 2009-10-28 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for plot switching of user equipment
CN102413525A (en) * 2010-09-20 2012-04-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Rapid downlink switching method in linear overlay network, base station controller (BSC) and base station subsystem
CN103780419A (en) * 2012-10-24 2014-05-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Distributed link aggregation group service switching method and device
CN107027153A (en) * 2017-03-16 2017-08-08 上海华为技术有限公司 Switching method, context migration method and the relevant device of business

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101022652A (en) * 2006-02-15 2007-08-22 华为技术有限公司 Method for switching service, device and system using the same method
CN101568158A (en) * 2008-04-24 2009-10-28 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for plot switching of user equipment
CN102413525A (en) * 2010-09-20 2012-04-11 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Rapid downlink switching method in linear overlay network, base station controller (BSC) and base station subsystem
CN103780419A (en) * 2012-10-24 2014-05-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Distributed link aggregation group service switching method and device
CN107027153A (en) * 2017-03-16 2017-08-08 上海华为技术有限公司 Switching method, context migration method and the relevant device of business

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11190955B1 (en) 2020-01-16 2021-11-30 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Configuration of a wireless network centralized unit (CU) and multiple wireless network distributed units (DUs)
US11595836B2 (en) 2020-01-16 2023-02-28 T-Mobile Innovations Llc Configuration of a wireless network centralized unit (CU) and multiple wireless network distributed units (DUS)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107027153A (en) 2017-08-08
CN107027153B (en) 2020-12-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018166317A1 (en) Service switching method, context migration method and related device
US10736001B2 (en) Handover processing method and base station
US11109263B2 (en) Data transmission method and data transmission apparatus
US10321365B2 (en) System and method for seamless mobility in a network environment
US11212714B2 (en) Method for supporting handover and corresponding base station and network node
US9913174B2 (en) Method, device and system for implementing optimized inter-rat handover
JP6727341B2 (en) Communication control method and related network element
US20200214067A1 (en) Service transmission method, apparatus, and device
CN111200850B (en) Communication method and device
WO2015161482A1 (en) Method and device for mobility management of mptcp connection
JP2011504035A (en) Quality of service mapping for inter-system handover
KR20190044470A (en) Method and apparatus for transreceiving data in radio access system supporting multiple radio access technology
JP6133970B2 (en) Method and device for data shunting
KR20210024160A (en) Communication method and device
CN114600508A (en) Method for establishing IAB node double connection and communication device
JP2023512971A (en) PGW-C/SMF reselection in the desired network slice
WO2021031861A1 (en) Data backhaul method and device
WO2019071643A1 (en) Method for returning after network switching, access network device and core network device
WO2020001226A1 (en) Redirection method, communication system, and communication device
WO2016147628A1 (en) Communication system, base station, access point management apparatus, terminal, communication method, relay method, and non-temporary computer readable medium
WO2013170673A1 (en) Access method, base station, access point and user equipment
WO2018023544A1 (en) Communication method, user equipment, base station, control plane network element, and communication system
WO2011113330A1 (en) Traffic channel switching method and device thereof
WO2019184682A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2016161551A1 (en) Method and apparatus for multi-stream convergence

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18766758

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18766758

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1